<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Kwa</id>
	<title>innovaphone wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Kwa"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Kwa"/>
	<updated>2026-07-25T15:05:14Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.42.3</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77838</id>
		<title>Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the innovaphone Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77838"/>
		<updated>2025-09-24T12:59:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the Buttons App}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly, a European (Bulgarian) manufacturer, offers a wide range of Internet of Things (IoT) sensors and actuators. This article will guide you through setting up and using Shelly digital inputs (contacts) to interact seamlessly with the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possibilities are truly endless! Imagine triggering a phone call when a door contact closes, sending an instant message, initiating time tracking, or even setting up complex conditional actions. That&#039;s because the Buttons App allows you to assign a series of parallel actions to any specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this document, we&#039;ll walk you through every step of integrating your Shelly devices with the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s surprisingly straightforward - let&#039;s get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
•	myApps V15r3 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Buttons App V15r4 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tests with Shelly devices were conducted using Shelly firmware version 1.6.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: enter keywords, foreign translations and/or synoyms not appearing in the article here for better search results --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides a straightforward explanation of the basic concepts needed to integrate &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly devices&#039;&#039;&#039; with the &#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons App&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: We are not Shelly specialists. For detailed information, consult the manufacturer&#039;s documentation, as well as the many forums and videos available online on this topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide, we will specifically cover the integration of digital inputs (contacts) for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly i4&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Plus1&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Pro2&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Pro RGBWW&#039;&#039;&#039; models.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While motion sensors and the Shelly USB dongle can also be integrated, they are not covered in this article. However, as Shelly products share similar characteristics, you&#039;ll likely find useful insights applicable to other models as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Shelly device comes with its own mounting instructions; here, we will only briefly touch upon a few key details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;&#039;&#039;t is crucial to read and strictly adhere to all safety guidelines.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These devices are typically powered by hazardous voltages (usually 220V in Europe). Installing a residual current device (RCD), also known as a ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) in some regions, upstream in the electrical circuit is highly recommended and, in some countries, legally required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons App is an application that lets you link specific input events to various output actions. Examples of input events include calls, function keys on innovaphone IP phones, and other applications, as well as the messages received from Shelly devices. Output actions can be calls, notifications, chats, messages, or applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a comprehensive description of the Buttons App itself and a complete list of supported input and output devices, refer to the Buttons concept article (link at the end of this document).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Electrical Connections===&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly models discussed in this article are powered by 110 to 240 Volt AC, 50/60 Hz. Please be aware that these voltages are hazardous. Never work on electrical networks without a residual current device (RCD/GFCI) installed. Before mounting or connecting any device, ensure that all wires (not just the live wire, but also the neutral) are disconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some models can also be powered by 12V or 24-48V DC. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third-generation Shelly devices feature polarity protection on the AC side. This means the Shelly will function correctly even if the live (L) and neutral (N) wires are inverted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: In networks with delta connections, both wires carry voltage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For intrinsic safety reasons, it&#039;s often common practice to switch the neutral wire, which typically carries no voltage during normal operation. The drawback of this approach is that troubleshooting a potential interruption becomes more difficult (whereas with the live wire, a simple voltage tester suffices to follow the line). Both wiring variants are functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Shelly devices typically have the wiring diagram silk-screened directly on them, as shown in this example for the Shelly i4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh01.png|sh01.png/|sh01.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It represents the connections to the outside world, not the internal operation of the device, as further highlighted in the instructions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh02.png|sh02.png/|sh02.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: As per the diagram, the Live (L) phase is connected to the output towards the contacts. If installed within the same electrical network, it&#039;s also possible to power the inputs directly from the live phase, rather than using the Shelly&#039;s output. However, in this case, ensure the polarity matches the diagram (L and N as shown). If inverted, you&#039;ll need to switch the neutral.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: On Shelly Pro devices, the silk-screened diagram corresponds exactly to what&#039;s detailed in the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh03.png|sh03.png/|sh03.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Contacts===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices are incredibly versatile, reacting to both the &#039;&#039;&#039;closing and opening&#039;&#039;&#039; of a contact. What&#039;s more, they send messages for various interactions like a quick &#039;&#039;&#039;click&#039;&#039;&#039; (fast open-close), &#039;&#039;&#039;double-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;triple-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, and even a &#039;&#039;&#039;prolonged closure&#039;&#039;&#039; (a &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; press). This &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; event is also sent for a static closure after a timeout, making it perfect for sustained button presses. The Buttons App can handle all these event types, individually or in combination, giving you immense flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In safety circuits, contacts are typically normally closed and open in the event of an alarm. This design ensures that a broken wire will also trigger a detection, enhancing safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Shelly and the Buttons App can be used with circuits featuring:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally open contacts that close and remain closed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally closed contacts that open and remain open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Momentary contacts that close or open (like a push-button).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All transitions, meaning the change from one state to another, will be signaled and can be utilized for various actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a Shelly device restarts, its current status is immediately reported to the Buttons App. Should the contact state change during a restart or while the device is powered off, this new state will be transmitted to the Buttons App, which will then react accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mounting===&lt;br /&gt;
For their &amp;quot;home&amp;quot; models, which are designed for installation in standard electrical boxes (typically for light switches), Shelly offers a DIN rail adapter. This allows for easy mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh04.png|sh04.png/|sh04.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adapter features an opening on the back, allowing access to the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Keep in mind&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can only press this button if no other devices are installed close by on the DIN rail. The adapter can be mounted 180 degrees, making the reset button accessible from either the right or left side. Once configured, you typically won&#039;t need to use the physical reset button, as a reset can also be performed via the app or web interface if the device is reachable by IP. After a restart, the device&#039;s status is also refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, &#039;&#039;&#039;Pro models&#039;&#039;&#039; are designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting and have their reset button conveniently located on the front, accessible even with the cover closed. They also offer options to customize the behavior of the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh05.png|sh05.png/|sh05.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===First Steps with Shelly Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Shelly device is powered on, it starts up and is ready for use in approximately 5 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be accessed via Wi-Fi or Bluetooth. The &amp;quot;Pro&amp;quot; family of devices can also be reached via an Ethernet connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Some products are also accessible via USB dongles, but this is not covered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For initial configuration, you&#039;ll need to install the manufacturer&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Smart Control app&#039;&#039;&#039; on your smartphone. Afterward, you&#039;ll establish a Wi-Fi or Bluetooth connection between your smartphone and the Shelly device. For our application, Bluetooth is primarily used for the initial setup; subsequently, the device will connect to a local Wi-Fi network or, in the case of Pro models, your local area network (LAN).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and install the Shelly Smart Control application from your respective app store (Google Play or Apple App Store): &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh06.png|sh06.png/|sh06.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t already have one, create a Shelly account (it is free).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll be prompted to set up the parameters for your local Wi-Fi network, which the device will then connect to. To make the device discoverable by your smartphone, press the reset button on the Shelly device for 10 seconds. Follow the app&#039;s instructions to add the device to your list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: A device initially registers with the Shelly manufacturer&#039;s platform, where its serial number is apparently stored. Once a device has been registered to one account, it &#039;&#039;&#039;cannot be registered to another account&#039;&#039;&#039;, even after a factory reset of the Shelly. If a device is registered to your account, no one else can use it unless you first delete it from your account. This is presumed to be a security feature designed to protect a specific device from unauthorized use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly ecosystem, the &#039;&#039;&#039;serial number and MAC address are the same&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each Shelly device will register with its unique address to the Buttons App. If a device has multiple inputs or outputs, it will still have a single address, and the interface number will be contained within the message itself, even if they appear as distinct devices in the Shelly App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Initial Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
After adding your Shelly devices to your application, you can access the individual installed models. The example below shows the page for a Shelly i4, which offers four inputs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh07.png|sh07.png/|sh07.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, you can observe the opening and closing of contacts directly in the app; the display shows the status changes in real time. In the example above, contacts (inputs) 2 and 3 are closed, while contacts 1 and 4 are open. This test is convenient for verifying inputs but is not strictly necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on any of the Shelly devices opens its configuration page. Here, you&#039;ll find the IP address at which the device is accessible via a web browser: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh08.png|sh08.png/|sh08.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Access now the device via your browser, select &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Firmware&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh09.png|sh09.png/|sh09.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update the Shelly to the current stable firmware version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the required restart, return to the home page and select an input, for example, &amp;quot;Input(0),&amp;quot; and then &amp;quot;Input/Output settings&amp;quot;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh10.png|sh10.png/|sh10.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Plus or i4 model&#039;&#039;&#039;, select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; (the default setting is &amp;quot;Switch&amp;quot;). Repeat this setting for all inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Pro model, this setting is different and described in its dedicated section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Connecting Shelly and the Buttons App===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices must register with the Buttons App to send status messages. Therefore, each Shelly device needs to be configured with the destination path to the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This path is configured on the Shelly in the menu &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Outbound websocket&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh11.png|sh11.png/|sh11.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Enable,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;Connection Type,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;TLS no validation.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path is configured in the &amp;quot;Server:&amp;quot; field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format is: “&#039;&#039;&#039;wss:// + destination + /shelly&#039;&#039;&#039;”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s how to securely and easily determine the &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open the PBX advanced interface (devices) and then the &amp;quot;PBX&amp;quot; page. In the &amp;quot;DNS&amp;quot; field, you&#039;ll find the name of your PBX: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh12.png|sh12.png/|sh12.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make a note of this name, as it&#039;s the first part of your destination. Now, open the Application Platform and select the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: If the Buttons App isn&#039;t installed, now is the time to install it on your Application Platform:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh13.png|sh13.png/|sh13.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot; will reveal the Webserver path:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh14.png|sh14.png/|sh14.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the path ends with &amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The complete path to enter into the Shelly will be composed of these two names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if your PBX DNS is &amp;quot;testpbx.com&amp;quot; and the Buttons App Webserver path is &amp;quot;butt.mypbx.com/buttons,&amp;quot; the complete destination path to set in the Shelly will be:&lt;br /&gt;
“wss://testpbx.com/butt.mypbx.com/buttons/shelly”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once correctly configured and put in the Server input field, the Shelly device will be registered with the Buttons App and start sending messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify registration, open the Buttons Admin App:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh15.png|sh15.png/|sh15.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the &amp;quot;Connected devices&amp;quot; button will display the name and serial number of the connected and registered Shelly devices:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh16.png|sh16.png/|sh16.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, three Shelly devices (Plus 1, Pro 2, and i4) are connected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen also shows the Shelly&#039;s serial number, which you&#039;ll need later to set up the Buttons App. You can also find the Shelly serial number on the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Wifi&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh17.png|sh17.png/|sh17.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cautio&#039;&#039;&#039;n: The address shown in the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Bluetooth&amp;quot; menu is different and will not be used by the Buttons App. For the Shelly Pro, the serial number is visible on the &amp;quot;Ethernet&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh18.png|sh18.png/|sh18.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can copy and paste the serial number into the Buttons App even with colons; they will be automatically discarded by the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can also retrieve the serial numbers directly from the logging, as explained in the relevant section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly i4 (3rd Generation) ==&lt;br /&gt;
This model features 4 digital inputs (ON/OFF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh19.png|sh19.png/|sh19.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly App, you&#039;ll see 4 &amp;quot;devices&amp;quot; (which is actually just one physical device), and each contact will be treated as if it were a single device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly i4 Gen3 has 4 inputs (from port 0 to port 3, corresponding to SW1 to SW4), and all messages will be sent with the same serial number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Shelly i4 port to the Buttons App, press &amp;quot;Add Device,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;New Device,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; as the type, and enter the serial number followed by a hyphen &amp;quot;-&amp;quot; and the port number:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh20.png|sh20.png/|sh20.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, we&#039;ve created the connection with the first port (SW1); the second port (SW2) will be device e4b063d6a588-1, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Plus 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Plus 1 has one input and one output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh21.png|sh21.png/|sh21.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Shelly i4, the input port should be indicated with &amp;quot;-0&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh22.png|sh22.png/|sh22.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, the serial number for the Shelly Plus 1 is 78ee4ccf5930.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Pro 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Pro differentiates itself from other Shelly devices as it&#039;s designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh25.png|sh25.png/|sh25.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
It also features a LAN port, allowing it to connect to an Ethernet network even without Wi-Fi or Bluetooth (though both are onboard). It doesn&#039;t require an internet connection, but it can be useful for initial setup and firmware updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has two inputs and two outputs, all designed exclusively for 220V circuits (110-240 VAC 50/60 Hz).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s configured similarly to the other Shelly devices described above, but with the key difference that triggering by the Buttons App occurs on the &#039;&#039;&#039;outputs&#039;&#039;&#039;. The Buttons App therefore reacts to changes in the state of the outputs, regardless of whether they are switched via the web or other settings. If you want to transmit the state of the inputs (as in the case of the other Shelly models described), you&#039;ll need to configure the Shelly Pro 2 for its outputs to follow the state of its inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s an example of this setting, where the input port (input 0) controls the output port (output 0): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh23.png|sh23.png/|sh23.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that in the setup above, even after a restart, the output will follow the current state of the input (which is usually the desired behavior).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you&#039;ve set the Ethernet parameters (Client, Server, and Static IP modes are available), you can disable Wi-Fi settings, cloud settings, and &amp;quot;Access Point&amp;quot; mode (which also disables &amp;quot;Range extender&amp;quot; mode).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: With Wi-Fi disabled, you will no longer be able to access the Shelly Pro 2 from the Shelly App. However, the application remembers the settings you configured before disabling Wi-Fi access. This can be helpful if, for example, you want to check the IP address (unless it has been changed via LAN access).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly RGBWW PM ==&lt;br /&gt;
This model is similar to the Shelly Pro 2 (DIN rail mount, LAN), but it has five inputs instead of two and is powered by 24V DC. If you are operating the system on 220V, you will need a transformer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh42.png|sh42.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the external switches connect the 0V line (minus) to the inputs (indicated by the ground symbol in the diagram).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh41.png|sh41.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This model has several operating variants, for example, to control colored LED strips. You can set this under Device profile (scroll all the way down), we tested the 5 input operating mode. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh40.png|sh40.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The individual inputs (Input 0–4) should be set to Button and Single input. In the Button app, the usual numbering from Serial-0 to Serial-4 will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Debugging ==&lt;br /&gt;
Traffic between the Shelly and the Buttons App (once registered) can be monitored in the Buttons App&#039;s Log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Application Platform (where you retrieved the path before), clear the Log, perform a contact closure or opening operation, and then select &amp;quot;Display&amp;quot; from the dropdown menu. A new page will open in your browser:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh24.png|sh24.png/|sh24.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, you can see that the Shelly Device model &amp;quot;shellypro2&amp;quot; with serial number &amp;quot;ec626091d3f4&amp;quot; is sending a detected change on input and output &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; and activating &amp;quot;Trigger Switch 6,&amp;quot; which sets user &#039;kwa&#039;s presence to &amp;quot;busy.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Changing the presence status is the simplest way to verify proper functionality and requires no additional setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77501</id>
		<title>Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the innovaphone Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77501"/>
		<updated>2025-08-08T13:04:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: /* Shelly RGBWW PM */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the Buttons App}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;DRAFT&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly, a European (Bulgarian) manufacturer, offers a wide range of Internet of Things (IoT) sensors and actuators. This article will guide you through setting up and using Shelly digital inputs (contacts) to interact seamlessly with the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possibilities are truly endless! Imagine triggering a phone call when a door contact closes, sending an instant message, initiating time tracking, or even setting up complex conditional actions. That&#039;s because the Buttons App allows you to assign a series of parallel actions to any specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this document, we&#039;ll walk you through every step of integrating your Shelly devices with the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s surprisingly straightforward - let&#039;s get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
•	myApps V15r3 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Buttons App V15r4 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tests with Shelly devices were conducted using Shelly firmware version 1.6.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: enter keywords, foreign translations and/or synoyms not appearing in the article here for better search results --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides a straightforward explanation of the basic concepts needed to integrate &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly devices&#039;&#039;&#039; with the &#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons App&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: We are not Shelly specialists. For detailed information, consult the manufacturer&#039;s documentation, as well as the many forums and videos available online on this topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide, we will specifically cover the integration of digital inputs (contacts) for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly i4&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Plus1&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Pro2&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Pro RGBWW&#039;&#039;&#039; models.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While motion sensors and the Shelly USB dongle can also be integrated, they are not covered in this article. However, as Shelly products share similar characteristics, you&#039;ll likely find useful insights applicable to other models as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Shelly device comes with its own mounting instructions; here, we will only briefly touch upon a few key details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;&#039;&#039;t is crucial to read and strictly adhere to all safety guidelines.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These devices are typically powered by hazardous voltages (usually 220V in Europe). Installing a residual current device (RCD), also known as a ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) in some regions, upstream in the electrical circuit is highly recommended and, in some countries, legally required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons App is an application that lets you link specific input events to various output actions. Examples of input events include calls, function keys on innovaphone IP phones, and other applications, as well as the messages received from Shelly devices. Output actions can be calls, notifications, chats, messages, or applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a comprehensive description of the Buttons App itself and a complete list of supported input and output devices, refer to the Buttons concept article (link at the end of this document).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Electrical Connections===&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly models discussed in this article are powered by 110 to 240 Volt AC, 50/60 Hz. Please be aware that these voltages are hazardous. Never work on electrical networks without a residual current device (RCD/GFCI) installed. Before mounting or connecting any device, ensure that all wires (not just the live wire, but also the neutral) are disconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some models can also be powered by 12V or 24-48V DC. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third-generation Shelly devices feature polarity protection on the AC side. This means the Shelly will function correctly even if the live (L) and neutral (N) wires are inverted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: In networks with delta connections, both wires carry voltage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For intrinsic safety reasons, it&#039;s often common practice to switch the neutral wire, which typically carries no voltage during normal operation. The drawback of this approach is that troubleshooting a potential interruption becomes more difficult (whereas with the live wire, a simple voltage tester suffices to follow the line). Both wiring variants are functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Shelly devices typically have the wiring diagram silk-screened directly on them, as shown in this example for the Shelly i4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh01.png|sh01.png/|sh01.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It represents the connections to the outside world, not the internal operation of the device, as further highlighted in the instructions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh02.png|sh02.png/|sh02.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: As per the diagram, the Live (L) phase is connected to the output towards the contacts. If installed within the same electrical network, it&#039;s also possible to power the inputs directly from the live phase, rather than using the Shelly&#039;s output. However, in this case, ensure the polarity matches the diagram (L and N as shown). If inverted, you&#039;ll need to switch the neutral.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: On Shelly Pro devices, the silk-screened diagram corresponds exactly to what&#039;s detailed in the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh03.png|sh03.png/|sh03.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Contacts===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices are incredibly versatile, reacting to both the &#039;&#039;&#039;closing and opening&#039;&#039;&#039; of a contact. What&#039;s more, they send messages for various interactions like a quick &#039;&#039;&#039;click&#039;&#039;&#039; (fast open-close), &#039;&#039;&#039;double-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;triple-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, and even a &#039;&#039;&#039;prolonged closure&#039;&#039;&#039; (a &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; press). This &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; event is also sent for a static closure after a timeout, making it perfect for sustained button presses. The Buttons App can handle all these event types, individually or in combination, giving you immense flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In safety circuits, contacts are typically normally closed and open in the event of an alarm. This design ensures that a broken wire will also trigger a detection, enhancing safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Shelly and the Buttons App can be used with circuits featuring:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally open contacts that close and remain closed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally closed contacts that open and remain open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Momentary contacts that close or open (like a push-button).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All transitions, meaning the change from one state to another, will be signaled and can be utilized for various actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a Shelly device restarts, its current status is immediately reported to the Buttons App. Should the contact state change during a restart or while the device is powered off, this new state will be transmitted to the Buttons App, which will then react accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mounting===&lt;br /&gt;
For their &amp;quot;home&amp;quot; models, which are designed for installation in standard electrical boxes (typically for light switches), Shelly offers a DIN rail adapter. This allows for easy mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh04.png|sh04.png/|sh04.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adapter features an opening on the back, allowing access to the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Keep in mind&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can only press this button if no other devices are installed close by on the DIN rail. The adapter can be mounted 180 degrees, making the reset button accessible from either the right or left side. Once configured, you typically won&#039;t need to use the physical reset button, as a reset can also be performed via the app or web interface if the device is reachable by IP. After a restart, the device&#039;s status is also refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, &#039;&#039;&#039;Pro models&#039;&#039;&#039; are designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting and have their reset button conveniently located on the front, accessible even with the cover closed. They also offer options to customize the behavior of the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh05.png|sh05.png/|sh05.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===First Steps with Shelly Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Shelly device is powered on, it starts up and is ready for use in approximately 5 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be accessed via Wi-Fi or Bluetooth. The &amp;quot;Pro&amp;quot; family of devices can also be reached via an Ethernet connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Some products are also accessible via USB dongles, but this is not covered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For initial configuration, you&#039;ll need to install the manufacturer&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Smart Control app&#039;&#039;&#039; on your smartphone. Afterward, you&#039;ll establish a Wi-Fi or Bluetooth connection between your smartphone and the Shelly device. For our application, Bluetooth is primarily used for the initial setup; subsequently, the device will connect to a local Wi-Fi network or, in the case of Pro models, your local area network (LAN).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and install the Shelly Smart Control application from your respective app store (Google Play or Apple App Store): &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh06.png|sh06.png/|sh06.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t already have one, create a Shelly account (it is free).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll be prompted to set up the parameters for your local Wi-Fi network, which the device will then connect to. To make the device discoverable by your smartphone, press the reset button on the Shelly device for 10 seconds. Follow the app&#039;s instructions to add the device to your list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: A device initially registers with the Shelly manufacturer&#039;s platform, where its serial number is apparently stored. Once a device has been registered to one account, it &#039;&#039;&#039;cannot be registered to another account&#039;&#039;&#039;, even after a factory reset of the Shelly. If a device is registered to your account, no one else can use it unless you first delete it from your account. This is presumed to be a security feature designed to protect a specific device from unauthorized use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly ecosystem, the &#039;&#039;&#039;serial number and MAC address are the same&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each Shelly device will register with its unique address to the Buttons App. If a device has multiple inputs or outputs, it will still have a single address, and the interface number will be contained within the message itself, even if they appear as distinct devices in the Shelly App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Initial Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
After adding your Shelly devices to your application, you can access the individual installed models. The example below shows the page for a Shelly i4, which offers four inputs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh07.png|sh07.png/|sh07.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, you can observe the opening and closing of contacts directly in the app; the display shows the status changes in real time. In the example above, contacts (inputs) 2 and 3 are closed, while contacts 1 and 4 are open. This test is convenient for verifying inputs but is not strictly necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on any of the Shelly devices opens its configuration page. Here, you&#039;ll find the IP address at which the device is accessible via a web browser: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh08.png|sh08.png/|sh08.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Access now the device via your browser, select &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Firmware&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh09.png|sh09.png/|sh09.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update the Shelly to the current stable firmware version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the required restart, return to the home page and select an input, for example, &amp;quot;Input(0),&amp;quot; and then &amp;quot;Input/Output settings&amp;quot;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh10.png|sh10.png/|sh10.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Plus or i4 model&#039;&#039;&#039;, select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; (the default setting is &amp;quot;Switch&amp;quot;). Repeat this setting for all inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Pro model, this setting is different and described in its dedicated section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Connecting Shelly and the Buttons App===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices must register with the Buttons App to send status messages. Therefore, each Shelly device needs to be configured with the destination path to the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This path is configured on the Shelly in the menu &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Outbound websocket&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh11.png|sh11.png/|sh11.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Enable,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;Connection Type,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;TLS no validation.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path is configured in the &amp;quot;Server:&amp;quot; field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format is: “&#039;&#039;&#039;wss:// + destination + /shelly&#039;&#039;&#039;”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s how to securely and easily determine the &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open the PBX advanced interface (devices) and then the &amp;quot;PBX&amp;quot; page. In the &amp;quot;DNS&amp;quot; field, you&#039;ll find the name of your PBX: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh12.png|sh12.png/|sh12.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make a note of this name, as it&#039;s the first part of your destination. Now, open the Application Platform and select the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: If the Buttons App isn&#039;t installed, now is the time to install it on your Application Platform:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh13.png|sh13.png/|sh13.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot; will reveal the Webserver path:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh14.png|sh14.png/|sh14.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the path ends with &amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The complete path to enter into the Shelly will be composed of these two names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if your PBX DNS is &amp;quot;testpbx.com&amp;quot; and the Buttons App Webserver path is &amp;quot;butt.mypbx.com/buttons,&amp;quot; the complete destination path to set in the Shelly will be:&lt;br /&gt;
“wss://testpbx.com/butt.mypbx.com/buttons/shelly”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once correctly configured and put in the Server input field, the Shelly device will be registered with the Buttons App and start sending messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify registration, open the Buttons Admin App:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh15.png|sh15.png/|sh15.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the &amp;quot;Connected devices&amp;quot; button will display the name and serial number of the connected and registered Shelly devices:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh16.png|sh16.png/|sh16.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, three Shelly devices (Plus 1, Pro 2, and i4) are connected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen also shows the Shelly&#039;s serial number, which you&#039;ll need later to set up the Buttons App. You can also find the Shelly serial number on the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Wifi&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh17.png|sh17.png/|sh17.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cautio&#039;&#039;&#039;n: The address shown in the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Bluetooth&amp;quot; menu is different and will not be used by the Buttons App. For the Shelly Pro, the serial number is visible on the &amp;quot;Ethernet&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh18.png|sh18.png/|sh18.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can copy and paste the serial number into the Buttons App even with colons; they will be automatically discarded by the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can also retrieve the serial numbers directly from the logging, as explained in the relevant section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly i4 (3rd Generation) ==&lt;br /&gt;
This model features 4 digital inputs (ON/OFF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh19.png|sh19.png/|sh19.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly App, you&#039;ll see 4 &amp;quot;devices&amp;quot; (which is actually just one physical device), and each contact will be treated as if it were a single device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly i4 Gen3 has 4 inputs (from port 0 to port 3, corresponding to SW1 to SW4), and all messages will be sent with the same serial number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Shelly i4 port to the Buttons App, press &amp;quot;Add Device,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;New Device,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; as the type, and enter the serial number followed by a hyphen &amp;quot;-&amp;quot; and the port number:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh20.png|sh20.png/|sh20.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, we&#039;ve created the connection with the first port (SW1); the second port (SW2) will be device e4b063d6a588-1, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Plus 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Plus 1 has one input and one output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh21.png|sh21.png/|sh21.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Shelly i4, the input port should be indicated with &amp;quot;-0&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh22.png|sh22.png/|sh22.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, the serial number for the Shelly Plus 1 is 78ee4ccf5930.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Pro 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Pro differentiates itself from other Shelly devices as it&#039;s designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh25.png|sh25.png/|sh25.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
It also features a LAN port, allowing it to connect to an Ethernet network even without Wi-Fi or Bluetooth (though both are onboard). It doesn&#039;t require an internet connection, but it can be useful for initial setup and firmware updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has two inputs and two outputs, all designed exclusively for 220V circuits (110-240 VAC 50/60 Hz).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s configured similarly to the other Shelly devices described above, but with the key difference that triggering by the Buttons App occurs on the &#039;&#039;&#039;outputs&#039;&#039;&#039;. The Buttons App therefore reacts to changes in the state of the outputs, regardless of whether they are switched via the web or other settings. If you want to transmit the state of the inputs (as in the case of the other Shelly models described), you&#039;ll need to configure the Shelly Pro 2 for its outputs to follow the state of its inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s an example of this setting, where the input port (input 0) controls the output port (output 0): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh23.png|sh23.png/|sh23.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that in the setup above, even after a restart, the output will follow the current state of the input (which is usually the desired behavior).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you&#039;ve set the Ethernet parameters (Client, Server, and Static IP modes are available), you can disable Wi-Fi settings, cloud settings, and &amp;quot;Access Point&amp;quot; mode (which also disables &amp;quot;Range extender&amp;quot; mode).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: With Wi-Fi disabled, you will no longer be able to access the Shelly Pro 2 from the Shelly App. However, the application remembers the settings you configured before disabling Wi-Fi access. This can be helpful if, for example, you want to check the IP address (unless it has been changed via LAN access).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly RGBWW PM ==&lt;br /&gt;
This model is similar to the Shelly Pro 2 (DIN rail mount, LAN), but it has five inputs instead of two and is powered by 24V DC. If you are operating the system on 220V, you will need a transformer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh42.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the external switches connect the 0V line (minus) to the inputs (indicated by the ground symbol in the diagram).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh41.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This model has several operating variants, for example, to control colored LED strips. You can set this under Device profile (scroll all the way down), we tested the 5 input operating mode. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh40.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The individual inputs (Input 0–4) should be set to Button and Single input. In the Button app, the usual numbering from Serial-0 to Serial-4 will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Debugging ==&lt;br /&gt;
Traffic between the Shelly and the Buttons App (once registered) can be monitored in the Buttons App&#039;s Log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Application Platform (where you retrieved the path before), clear the Log, perform a contact closure or opening operation, and then select &amp;quot;Display&amp;quot; from the dropdown menu. A new page will open in your browser:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh24.png|sh24.png/|sh24.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, you can see that the Shelly Device model &amp;quot;shellypro2&amp;quot; with serial number &amp;quot;ec626091d3f4&amp;quot; is sending a detected change on input and output &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; and activating &amp;quot;Trigger Switch 6,&amp;quot; which sets user &#039;kwa&#039;s presence to &amp;quot;busy.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Changing the presence status is the simplest way to verify proper functionality and requires no additional setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77500</id>
		<title>Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the innovaphone Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77500"/>
		<updated>2025-08-08T13:02:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the Buttons App}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;DRAFT&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly, a European (Bulgarian) manufacturer, offers a wide range of Internet of Things (IoT) sensors and actuators. This article will guide you through setting up and using Shelly digital inputs (contacts) to interact seamlessly with the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possibilities are truly endless! Imagine triggering a phone call when a door contact closes, sending an instant message, initiating time tracking, or even setting up complex conditional actions. That&#039;s because the Buttons App allows you to assign a series of parallel actions to any specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this document, we&#039;ll walk you through every step of integrating your Shelly devices with the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s surprisingly straightforward - let&#039;s get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
•	myApps V15r3 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Buttons App V15r4 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tests with Shelly devices were conducted using Shelly firmware version 1.6.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: enter keywords, foreign translations and/or synoyms not appearing in the article here for better search results --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides a straightforward explanation of the basic concepts needed to integrate &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly devices&#039;&#039;&#039; with the &#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons App&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: We are not Shelly specialists. For detailed information, consult the manufacturer&#039;s documentation, as well as the many forums and videos available online on this topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide, we will specifically cover the integration of digital inputs (contacts) for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly i4&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Plus1&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Pro2&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Pro RGBWW&#039;&#039;&#039; models.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While motion sensors and the Shelly USB dongle can also be integrated, they are not covered in this article. However, as Shelly products share similar characteristics, you&#039;ll likely find useful insights applicable to other models as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Shelly device comes with its own mounting instructions; here, we will only briefly touch upon a few key details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;&#039;&#039;t is crucial to read and strictly adhere to all safety guidelines.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These devices are typically powered by hazardous voltages (usually 220V in Europe). Installing a residual current device (RCD), also known as a ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) in some regions, upstream in the electrical circuit is highly recommended and, in some countries, legally required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons App is an application that lets you link specific input events to various output actions. Examples of input events include calls, function keys on innovaphone IP phones, and other applications, as well as the messages received from Shelly devices. Output actions can be calls, notifications, chats, messages, or applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a comprehensive description of the Buttons App itself and a complete list of supported input and output devices, refer to the Buttons concept article (link at the end of this document).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Electrical Connections===&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly models discussed in this article are powered by 110 to 240 Volt AC, 50/60 Hz. Please be aware that these voltages are hazardous. Never work on electrical networks without a residual current device (RCD/GFCI) installed. Before mounting or connecting any device, ensure that all wires (not just the live wire, but also the neutral) are disconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some models can also be powered by 12V or 24-48V DC. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third-generation Shelly devices feature polarity protection on the AC side. This means the Shelly will function correctly even if the live (L) and neutral (N) wires are inverted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: In networks with delta connections, both wires carry voltage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For intrinsic safety reasons, it&#039;s often common practice to switch the neutral wire, which typically carries no voltage during normal operation. The drawback of this approach is that troubleshooting a potential interruption becomes more difficult (whereas with the live wire, a simple voltage tester suffices to follow the line). Both wiring variants are functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Shelly devices typically have the wiring diagram silk-screened directly on them, as shown in this example for the Shelly i4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh01.png|sh01.png/|sh01.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It represents the connections to the outside world, not the internal operation of the device, as further highlighted in the instructions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh02.png|sh02.png/|sh02.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: As per the diagram, the Live (L) phase is connected to the output towards the contacts. If installed within the same electrical network, it&#039;s also possible to power the inputs directly from the live phase, rather than using the Shelly&#039;s output. However, in this case, ensure the polarity matches the diagram (L and N as shown). If inverted, you&#039;ll need to switch the neutral.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: On Shelly Pro devices, the silk-screened diagram corresponds exactly to what&#039;s detailed in the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh03.png|sh03.png/|sh03.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Contacts===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices are incredibly versatile, reacting to both the &#039;&#039;&#039;closing and opening&#039;&#039;&#039; of a contact. What&#039;s more, they send messages for various interactions like a quick &#039;&#039;&#039;click&#039;&#039;&#039; (fast open-close), &#039;&#039;&#039;double-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;triple-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, and even a &#039;&#039;&#039;prolonged closure&#039;&#039;&#039; (a &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; press). This &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; event is also sent for a static closure after a timeout, making it perfect for sustained button presses. The Buttons App can handle all these event types, individually or in combination, giving you immense flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In safety circuits, contacts are typically normally closed and open in the event of an alarm. This design ensures that a broken wire will also trigger a detection, enhancing safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Shelly and the Buttons App can be used with circuits featuring:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally open contacts that close and remain closed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally closed contacts that open and remain open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Momentary contacts that close or open (like a push-button).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All transitions, meaning the change from one state to another, will be signaled and can be utilized for various actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a Shelly device restarts, its current status is immediately reported to the Buttons App. Should the contact state change during a restart or while the device is powered off, this new state will be transmitted to the Buttons App, which will then react accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mounting===&lt;br /&gt;
For their &amp;quot;home&amp;quot; models, which are designed for installation in standard electrical boxes (typically for light switches), Shelly offers a DIN rail adapter. This allows for easy mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh04.png|sh04.png/|sh04.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adapter features an opening on the back, allowing access to the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Keep in mind&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can only press this button if no other devices are installed close by on the DIN rail. The adapter can be mounted 180 degrees, making the reset button accessible from either the right or left side. Once configured, you typically won&#039;t need to use the physical reset button, as a reset can also be performed via the app or web interface if the device is reachable by IP. After a restart, the device&#039;s status is also refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, &#039;&#039;&#039;Pro models&#039;&#039;&#039; are designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting and have their reset button conveniently located on the front, accessible even with the cover closed. They also offer options to customize the behavior of the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh05.png|sh05.png/|sh05.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===First Steps with Shelly Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Shelly device is powered on, it starts up and is ready for use in approximately 5 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be accessed via Wi-Fi or Bluetooth. The &amp;quot;Pro&amp;quot; family of devices can also be reached via an Ethernet connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Some products are also accessible via USB dongles, but this is not covered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For initial configuration, you&#039;ll need to install the manufacturer&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Smart Control app&#039;&#039;&#039; on your smartphone. Afterward, you&#039;ll establish a Wi-Fi or Bluetooth connection between your smartphone and the Shelly device. For our application, Bluetooth is primarily used for the initial setup; subsequently, the device will connect to a local Wi-Fi network or, in the case of Pro models, your local area network (LAN).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and install the Shelly Smart Control application from your respective app store (Google Play or Apple App Store): &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh06.png|sh06.png/|sh06.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t already have one, create a Shelly account (it is free).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll be prompted to set up the parameters for your local Wi-Fi network, which the device will then connect to. To make the device discoverable by your smartphone, press the reset button on the Shelly device for 10 seconds. Follow the app&#039;s instructions to add the device to your list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: A device initially registers with the Shelly manufacturer&#039;s platform, where its serial number is apparently stored. Once a device has been registered to one account, it &#039;&#039;&#039;cannot be registered to another account&#039;&#039;&#039;, even after a factory reset of the Shelly. If a device is registered to your account, no one else can use it unless you first delete it from your account. This is presumed to be a security feature designed to protect a specific device from unauthorized use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly ecosystem, the &#039;&#039;&#039;serial number and MAC address are the same&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each Shelly device will register with its unique address to the Buttons App. If a device has multiple inputs or outputs, it will still have a single address, and the interface number will be contained within the message itself, even if they appear as distinct devices in the Shelly App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Initial Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
After adding your Shelly devices to your application, you can access the individual installed models. The example below shows the page for a Shelly i4, which offers four inputs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh07.png|sh07.png/|sh07.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, you can observe the opening and closing of contacts directly in the app; the display shows the status changes in real time. In the example above, contacts (inputs) 2 and 3 are closed, while contacts 1 and 4 are open. This test is convenient for verifying inputs but is not strictly necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on any of the Shelly devices opens its configuration page. Here, you&#039;ll find the IP address at which the device is accessible via a web browser: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh08.png|sh08.png/|sh08.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Access now the device via your browser, select &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Firmware&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh09.png|sh09.png/|sh09.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update the Shelly to the current stable firmware version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the required restart, return to the home page and select an input, for example, &amp;quot;Input(0),&amp;quot; and then &amp;quot;Input/Output settings&amp;quot;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh10.png|sh10.png/|sh10.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Plus or i4 model&#039;&#039;&#039;, select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; (the default setting is &amp;quot;Switch&amp;quot;). Repeat this setting for all inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Pro model, this setting is different and described in its dedicated section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Connecting Shelly and the Buttons App===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices must register with the Buttons App to send status messages. Therefore, each Shelly device needs to be configured with the destination path to the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This path is configured on the Shelly in the menu &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Outbound websocket&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh11.png|sh11.png/|sh11.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Enable,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;Connection Type,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;TLS no validation.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path is configured in the &amp;quot;Server:&amp;quot; field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format is: “&#039;&#039;&#039;wss:// + destination + /shelly&#039;&#039;&#039;”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s how to securely and easily determine the &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open the PBX advanced interface (devices) and then the &amp;quot;PBX&amp;quot; page. In the &amp;quot;DNS&amp;quot; field, you&#039;ll find the name of your PBX: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh12.png|sh12.png/|sh12.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make a note of this name, as it&#039;s the first part of your destination. Now, open the Application Platform and select the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: If the Buttons App isn&#039;t installed, now is the time to install it on your Application Platform:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh13.png|sh13.png/|sh13.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot; will reveal the Webserver path:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh14.png|sh14.png/|sh14.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the path ends with &amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The complete path to enter into the Shelly will be composed of these two names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if your PBX DNS is &amp;quot;testpbx.com&amp;quot; and the Buttons App Webserver path is &amp;quot;butt.mypbx.com/buttons,&amp;quot; the complete destination path to set in the Shelly will be:&lt;br /&gt;
“wss://testpbx.com/butt.mypbx.com/buttons/shelly”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once correctly configured and put in the Server input field, the Shelly device will be registered with the Buttons App and start sending messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify registration, open the Buttons Admin App:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh15.png|sh15.png/|sh15.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the &amp;quot;Connected devices&amp;quot; button will display the name and serial number of the connected and registered Shelly devices:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh16.png|sh16.png/|sh16.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, three Shelly devices (Plus 1, Pro 2, and i4) are connected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen also shows the Shelly&#039;s serial number, which you&#039;ll need later to set up the Buttons App. You can also find the Shelly serial number on the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Wifi&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh17.png|sh17.png/|sh17.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cautio&#039;&#039;&#039;n: The address shown in the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Bluetooth&amp;quot; menu is different and will not be used by the Buttons App. For the Shelly Pro, the serial number is visible on the &amp;quot;Ethernet&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh18.png|sh18.png/|sh18.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can copy and paste the serial number into the Buttons App even with colons; they will be automatically discarded by the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can also retrieve the serial numbers directly from the logging, as explained in the relevant section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly i4 (3rd Generation) ==&lt;br /&gt;
This model features 4 digital inputs (ON/OFF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh19.png|sh19.png/|sh19.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly App, you&#039;ll see 4 &amp;quot;devices&amp;quot; (which is actually just one physical device), and each contact will be treated as if it were a single device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly i4 Gen3 has 4 inputs (from port 0 to port 3, corresponding to SW1 to SW4), and all messages will be sent with the same serial number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Shelly i4 port to the Buttons App, press &amp;quot;Add Device,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;New Device,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; as the type, and enter the serial number followed by a hyphen &amp;quot;-&amp;quot; and the port number:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh20.png|sh20.png/|sh20.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, we&#039;ve created the connection with the first port (SW1); the second port (SW2) will be device e4b063d6a588-1, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Plus 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Plus 1 has one input and one output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh21.png|sh21.png/|sh21.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Shelly i4, the input port should be indicated with &amp;quot;-0&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh22.png|sh22.png/|sh22.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, the serial number for the Shelly Plus 1 is 78ee4ccf5930.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Pro 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Pro differentiates itself from other Shelly devices as it&#039;s designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh25.png|sh25.png/|sh25.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
It also features a LAN port, allowing it to connect to an Ethernet network even without Wi-Fi or Bluetooth (though both are onboard). It doesn&#039;t require an internet connection, but it can be useful for initial setup and firmware updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has two inputs and two outputs, all designed exclusively for 220V circuits (110-240 VAC 50/60 Hz).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s configured similarly to the other Shelly devices described above, but with the key difference that triggering by the Buttons App occurs on the &#039;&#039;&#039;outputs&#039;&#039;&#039;. The Buttons App therefore reacts to changes in the state of the outputs, regardless of whether they are switched via the web or other settings. If you want to transmit the state of the inputs (as in the case of the other Shelly models described), you&#039;ll need to configure the Shelly Pro 2 for its outputs to follow the state of its inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s an example of this setting, where the input port (input 0) controls the output port (output 0): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh23.png|sh23.png/|sh23.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that in the setup above, even after a restart, the output will follow the current state of the input (which is usually the desired behavior).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you&#039;ve set the Ethernet parameters (Client, Server, and Static IP modes are available), you can disable Wi-Fi settings, cloud settings, and &amp;quot;Access Point&amp;quot; mode (which also disables &amp;quot;Range extender&amp;quot; mode).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: With Wi-Fi disabled, you will no longer be able to access the Shelly Pro 2 from the Shelly App. However, the application remembers the settings you configured before disabling Wi-Fi access. This can be helpful if, for example, you want to check the IP address (unless it has been changed via LAN access).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly RGBWW PM ==&lt;br /&gt;
This model is similar to the Shelly Pro 2 (DIN rail mount, LAN), but it has five inputs instead of two and is powered by 24V DC. If you are operating the system on 220V, you will need a transformer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh42.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the external switches connect the 0V line (minus) to the inputs (indicated by the ground symbol in the diagram).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh41.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This model has several operating variants, for example, to control colored LED strips. You can set this under Device profile (scroll all the way down). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh40.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The individual inputs (Input 0–4) should be set to Button and Single input. In the Button app, the usual numbering from Serial-0 to Serial-4 will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Debugging ==&lt;br /&gt;
Traffic between the Shelly and the Buttons App (once registered) can be monitored in the Buttons App&#039;s Log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Application Platform (where you retrieved the path before), clear the Log, perform a contact closure or opening operation, and then select &amp;quot;Display&amp;quot; from the dropdown menu. A new page will open in your browser:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh24.png|sh24.png/|sh24.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, you can see that the Shelly Device model &amp;quot;shellypro2&amp;quot; with serial number &amp;quot;ec626091d3f4&amp;quot; is sending a detected change on input and output &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; and activating &amp;quot;Trigger Switch 6,&amp;quot; which sets user &#039;kwa&#039;s presence to &amp;quot;busy.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Changing the presence status is the simplest way to verify proper functionality and requires no additional setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77499</id>
		<title>Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the innovaphone Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77499"/>
		<updated>2025-08-08T13:02:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the Buttons App}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;DRAFT&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly, a European (Bulgarian) manufacturer, offers a wide range of Internet of Things (IoT) sensors and actuators. This article will guide you through setting up and using Shelly digital inputs (contacts) to interact seamlessly with the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possibilities are truly endless! Imagine triggering a phone call when a door contact closes, sending an instant message, initiating time tracking, or even setting up complex conditional actions. That&#039;s because the Buttons App allows you to assign a series of parallel actions to any specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this document, we&#039;ll walk you through every step of integrating your Shelly devices with the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s surprisingly straightforward - let&#039;s get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
•	myApps V15r3 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Buttons App V15r4 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tests with Shelly devices were conducted using Shelly firmware version 1.6.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: enter keywords, foreign translations and/or synoyms not appearing in the article here for better search results --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides a straightforward explanation of the basic concepts needed to integrate &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly devices&#039;&#039;&#039; with the &#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons App&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: We are not Shelly specialists. For detailed information, consult the manufacturer&#039;s documentation, as well as the many forums and videos available online on this topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide, we will specifically cover the integration of digital inputs (contacts) for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly i4&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Plus1&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Pro2&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Pro RGBWW&#039;&#039;&#039;models.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While motion sensors and the Shelly USB dongle can also be integrated, they are not covered in this article. However, as Shelly products share similar characteristics, you&#039;ll likely find useful insights applicable to other models as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Shelly device comes with its own mounting instructions; here, we will only briefly touch upon a few key details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;&#039;&#039;t is crucial to read and strictly adhere to all safety guidelines.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These devices are typically powered by hazardous voltages (usually 220V in Europe). Installing a residual current device (RCD), also known as a ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) in some regions, upstream in the electrical circuit is highly recommended and, in some countries, legally required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons App is an application that lets you link specific input events to various output actions. Examples of input events include calls, function keys on innovaphone IP phones, and other applications, as well as the messages received from Shelly devices. Output actions can be calls, notifications, chats, messages, or applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a comprehensive description of the Buttons App itself and a complete list of supported input and output devices, refer to the Buttons concept article (link at the end of this document).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Electrical Connections===&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly models discussed in this article are powered by 110 to 240 Volt AC, 50/60 Hz. Please be aware that these voltages are hazardous. Never work on electrical networks without a residual current device (RCD/GFCI) installed. Before mounting or connecting any device, ensure that all wires (not just the live wire, but also the neutral) are disconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some models can also be powered by 12V or 24-48V DC. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third-generation Shelly devices feature polarity protection on the AC side. This means the Shelly will function correctly even if the live (L) and neutral (N) wires are inverted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: In networks with delta connections, both wires carry voltage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For intrinsic safety reasons, it&#039;s often common practice to switch the neutral wire, which typically carries no voltage during normal operation. The drawback of this approach is that troubleshooting a potential interruption becomes more difficult (whereas with the live wire, a simple voltage tester suffices to follow the line). Both wiring variants are functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Shelly devices typically have the wiring diagram silk-screened directly on them, as shown in this example for the Shelly i4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh01.png|sh01.png/|sh01.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It represents the connections to the outside world, not the internal operation of the device, as further highlighted in the instructions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh02.png|sh02.png/|sh02.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: As per the diagram, the Live (L) phase is connected to the output towards the contacts. If installed within the same electrical network, it&#039;s also possible to power the inputs directly from the live phase, rather than using the Shelly&#039;s output. However, in this case, ensure the polarity matches the diagram (L and N as shown). If inverted, you&#039;ll need to switch the neutral.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: On Shelly Pro devices, the silk-screened diagram corresponds exactly to what&#039;s detailed in the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh03.png|sh03.png/|sh03.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Contacts===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices are incredibly versatile, reacting to both the &#039;&#039;&#039;closing and opening&#039;&#039;&#039; of a contact. What&#039;s more, they send messages for various interactions like a quick &#039;&#039;&#039;click&#039;&#039;&#039; (fast open-close), &#039;&#039;&#039;double-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;triple-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, and even a &#039;&#039;&#039;prolonged closure&#039;&#039;&#039; (a &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; press). This &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; event is also sent for a static closure after a timeout, making it perfect for sustained button presses. The Buttons App can handle all these event types, individually or in combination, giving you immense flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In safety circuits, contacts are typically normally closed and open in the event of an alarm. This design ensures that a broken wire will also trigger a detection, enhancing safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Shelly and the Buttons App can be used with circuits featuring:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally open contacts that close and remain closed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally closed contacts that open and remain open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Momentary contacts that close or open (like a push-button).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All transitions, meaning the change from one state to another, will be signaled and can be utilized for various actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a Shelly device restarts, its current status is immediately reported to the Buttons App. Should the contact state change during a restart or while the device is powered off, this new state will be transmitted to the Buttons App, which will then react accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mounting===&lt;br /&gt;
For their &amp;quot;home&amp;quot; models, which are designed for installation in standard electrical boxes (typically for light switches), Shelly offers a DIN rail adapter. This allows for easy mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh04.png|sh04.png/|sh04.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adapter features an opening on the back, allowing access to the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Keep in mind&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can only press this button if no other devices are installed close by on the DIN rail. The adapter can be mounted 180 degrees, making the reset button accessible from either the right or left side. Once configured, you typically won&#039;t need to use the physical reset button, as a reset can also be performed via the app or web interface if the device is reachable by IP. After a restart, the device&#039;s status is also refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, &#039;&#039;&#039;Pro models&#039;&#039;&#039; are designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting and have their reset button conveniently located on the front, accessible even with the cover closed. They also offer options to customize the behavior of the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh05.png|sh05.png/|sh05.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===First Steps with Shelly Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Shelly device is powered on, it starts up and is ready for use in approximately 5 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be accessed via Wi-Fi or Bluetooth. The &amp;quot;Pro&amp;quot; family of devices can also be reached via an Ethernet connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Some products are also accessible via USB dongles, but this is not covered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For initial configuration, you&#039;ll need to install the manufacturer&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Smart Control app&#039;&#039;&#039; on your smartphone. Afterward, you&#039;ll establish a Wi-Fi or Bluetooth connection between your smartphone and the Shelly device. For our application, Bluetooth is primarily used for the initial setup; subsequently, the device will connect to a local Wi-Fi network or, in the case of Pro models, your local area network (LAN).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and install the Shelly Smart Control application from your respective app store (Google Play or Apple App Store): &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh06.png|sh06.png/|sh06.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t already have one, create a Shelly account (it is free).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll be prompted to set up the parameters for your local Wi-Fi network, which the device will then connect to. To make the device discoverable by your smartphone, press the reset button on the Shelly device for 10 seconds. Follow the app&#039;s instructions to add the device to your list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: A device initially registers with the Shelly manufacturer&#039;s platform, where its serial number is apparently stored. Once a device has been registered to one account, it &#039;&#039;&#039;cannot be registered to another account&#039;&#039;&#039;, even after a factory reset of the Shelly. If a device is registered to your account, no one else can use it unless you first delete it from your account. This is presumed to be a security feature designed to protect a specific device from unauthorized use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly ecosystem, the &#039;&#039;&#039;serial number and MAC address are the same&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each Shelly device will register with its unique address to the Buttons App. If a device has multiple inputs or outputs, it will still have a single address, and the interface number will be contained within the message itself, even if they appear as distinct devices in the Shelly App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Initial Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
After adding your Shelly devices to your application, you can access the individual installed models. The example below shows the page for a Shelly i4, which offers four inputs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh07.png|sh07.png/|sh07.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, you can observe the opening and closing of contacts directly in the app; the display shows the status changes in real time. In the example above, contacts (inputs) 2 and 3 are closed, while contacts 1 and 4 are open. This test is convenient for verifying inputs but is not strictly necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on any of the Shelly devices opens its configuration page. Here, you&#039;ll find the IP address at which the device is accessible via a web browser: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh08.png|sh08.png/|sh08.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Access now the device via your browser, select &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Firmware&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh09.png|sh09.png/|sh09.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update the Shelly to the current stable firmware version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the required restart, return to the home page and select an input, for example, &amp;quot;Input(0),&amp;quot; and then &amp;quot;Input/Output settings&amp;quot;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh10.png|sh10.png/|sh10.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Plus or i4 model&#039;&#039;&#039;, select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; (the default setting is &amp;quot;Switch&amp;quot;). Repeat this setting for all inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Pro model, this setting is different and described in its dedicated section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Connecting Shelly and the Buttons App===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices must register with the Buttons App to send status messages. Therefore, each Shelly device needs to be configured with the destination path to the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This path is configured on the Shelly in the menu &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Outbound websocket&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh11.png|sh11.png/|sh11.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Enable,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;Connection Type,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;TLS no validation.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path is configured in the &amp;quot;Server:&amp;quot; field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format is: “&#039;&#039;&#039;wss:// + destination + /shelly&#039;&#039;&#039;”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s how to securely and easily determine the &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open the PBX advanced interface (devices) and then the &amp;quot;PBX&amp;quot; page. In the &amp;quot;DNS&amp;quot; field, you&#039;ll find the name of your PBX: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh12.png|sh12.png/|sh12.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make a note of this name, as it&#039;s the first part of your destination. Now, open the Application Platform and select the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: If the Buttons App isn&#039;t installed, now is the time to install it on your Application Platform:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh13.png|sh13.png/|sh13.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot; will reveal the Webserver path:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh14.png|sh14.png/|sh14.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the path ends with &amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The complete path to enter into the Shelly will be composed of these two names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if your PBX DNS is &amp;quot;testpbx.com&amp;quot; and the Buttons App Webserver path is &amp;quot;butt.mypbx.com/buttons,&amp;quot; the complete destination path to set in the Shelly will be:&lt;br /&gt;
“wss://testpbx.com/butt.mypbx.com/buttons/shelly”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once correctly configured and put in the Server input field, the Shelly device will be registered with the Buttons App and start sending messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify registration, open the Buttons Admin App:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh15.png|sh15.png/|sh15.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the &amp;quot;Connected devices&amp;quot; button will display the name and serial number of the connected and registered Shelly devices:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh16.png|sh16.png/|sh16.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, three Shelly devices (Plus 1, Pro 2, and i4) are connected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen also shows the Shelly&#039;s serial number, which you&#039;ll need later to set up the Buttons App. You can also find the Shelly serial number on the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Wifi&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh17.png|sh17.png/|sh17.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cautio&#039;&#039;&#039;n: The address shown in the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Bluetooth&amp;quot; menu is different and will not be used by the Buttons App. For the Shelly Pro, the serial number is visible on the &amp;quot;Ethernet&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh18.png|sh18.png/|sh18.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can copy and paste the serial number into the Buttons App even with colons; they will be automatically discarded by the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can also retrieve the serial numbers directly from the logging, as explained in the relevant section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly i4 (3rd Generation) ==&lt;br /&gt;
This model features 4 digital inputs (ON/OFF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh19.png|sh19.png/|sh19.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly App, you&#039;ll see 4 &amp;quot;devices&amp;quot; (which is actually just one physical device), and each contact will be treated as if it were a single device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly i4 Gen3 has 4 inputs (from port 0 to port 3, corresponding to SW1 to SW4), and all messages will be sent with the same serial number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Shelly i4 port to the Buttons App, press &amp;quot;Add Device,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;New Device,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; as the type, and enter the serial number followed by a hyphen &amp;quot;-&amp;quot; and the port number:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh20.png|sh20.png/|sh20.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, we&#039;ve created the connection with the first port (SW1); the second port (SW2) will be device e4b063d6a588-1, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Plus 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Plus 1 has one input and one output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh21.png|sh21.png/|sh21.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Shelly i4, the input port should be indicated with &amp;quot;-0&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh22.png|sh22.png/|sh22.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, the serial number for the Shelly Plus 1 is 78ee4ccf5930.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Pro 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Pro differentiates itself from other Shelly devices as it&#039;s designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh25.png|sh25.png/|sh25.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
It also features a LAN port, allowing it to connect to an Ethernet network even without Wi-Fi or Bluetooth (though both are onboard). It doesn&#039;t require an internet connection, but it can be useful for initial setup and firmware updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has two inputs and two outputs, all designed exclusively for 220V circuits (110-240 VAC 50/60 Hz).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s configured similarly to the other Shelly devices described above, but with the key difference that triggering by the Buttons App occurs on the &#039;&#039;&#039;outputs&#039;&#039;&#039;. The Buttons App therefore reacts to changes in the state of the outputs, regardless of whether they are switched via the web or other settings. If you want to transmit the state of the inputs (as in the case of the other Shelly models described), you&#039;ll need to configure the Shelly Pro 2 for its outputs to follow the state of its inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s an example of this setting, where the input port (input 0) controls the output port (output 0): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh23.png|sh23.png/|sh23.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that in the setup above, even after a restart, the output will follow the current state of the input (which is usually the desired behavior).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you&#039;ve set the Ethernet parameters (Client, Server, and Static IP modes are available), you can disable Wi-Fi settings, cloud settings, and &amp;quot;Access Point&amp;quot; mode (which also disables &amp;quot;Range extender&amp;quot; mode).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: With Wi-Fi disabled, you will no longer be able to access the Shelly Pro 2 from the Shelly App. However, the application remembers the settings you configured before disabling Wi-Fi access. This can be helpful if, for example, you want to check the IP address (unless it has been changed via LAN access).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly RGBWW PM ==&lt;br /&gt;
This model is similar to the Shelly Pro 2 (DIN rail mount, LAN), but it has five inputs instead of two and is powered by 24V DC. If you are operating the system on 220V, you will need a transformer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh42.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the external switches connect the 0V line (minus) to the inputs (indicated by the ground symbol in the diagram).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh41.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This model has several operating variants, for example, to control colored LED strips. You can set this under Device profile (scroll all the way down). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh40.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The individual inputs (Input 0–4) should be set to Button and Single input. In the Button app, the usual numbering from Serial-0 to Serial-4 will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Debugging ==&lt;br /&gt;
Traffic between the Shelly and the Buttons App (once registered) can be monitored in the Buttons App&#039;s Log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Application Platform (where you retrieved the path before), clear the Log, perform a contact closure or opening operation, and then select &amp;quot;Display&amp;quot; from the dropdown menu. A new page will open in your browser:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh24.png|sh24.png/|sh24.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, you can see that the Shelly Device model &amp;quot;shellypro2&amp;quot; with serial number &amp;quot;ec626091d3f4&amp;quot; is sending a detected change on input and output &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; and activating &amp;quot;Trigger Switch 6,&amp;quot; which sets user &#039;kwa&#039;s presence to &amp;quot;busy.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Changing the presence status is the simplest way to verify proper functionality and requires no additional setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77498</id>
		<title>Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the innovaphone Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77498"/>
		<updated>2025-08-08T13:01:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: /* Shelly Pro 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the Buttons App}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;DRAFT&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly, a European (Bulgarian) manufacturer, offers a wide range of Internet of Things (IoT) sensors and actuators. This article will guide you through setting up and using Shelly digital inputs (contacts) to interact seamlessly with the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possibilities are truly endless! Imagine triggering a phone call when a door contact closes, sending an instant message, initiating time tracking, or even setting up complex conditional actions. That&#039;s because the Buttons App allows you to assign a series of parallel actions to any specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this document, we&#039;ll walk you through every step of integrating your Shelly devices with the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s surprisingly straightforward - let&#039;s get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
•	myApps V15r3 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Buttons App V15r4 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tests with Shelly devices were conducted using Shelly firmware version 1.6.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: enter keywords, foreign translations and/or synoyms not appearing in the article here for better search results --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides a straightforward explanation of the basic concepts needed to integrate &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly devices&#039;&#039;&#039; with the &#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons App&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: We are not Shelly specialists. For detailed information, consult the manufacturer&#039;s documentation, as well as the many forums and videos available online on this topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide, we will specifically cover the integration of digital inputs (contacts) for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly i4&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Plus1&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Pro2&#039;&#039;&#039; models.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While motion sensors and the Shelly USB dongle can also be integrated, they are not covered in this article. However, as Shelly products share similar characteristics, you&#039;ll likely find useful insights applicable to other models as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Shelly device comes with its own mounting instructions; here, we will only briefly touch upon a few key details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;&#039;&#039;t is crucial to read and strictly adhere to all safety guidelines.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These devices are typically powered by hazardous voltages (usually 220V in Europe). Installing a residual current device (RCD), also known as a ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) in some regions, upstream in the electrical circuit is highly recommended and, in some countries, legally required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons App is an application that lets you link specific input events to various output actions. Examples of input events include calls, function keys on innovaphone IP phones, and other applications, as well as the messages received from Shelly devices. Output actions can be calls, notifications, chats, messages, or applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a comprehensive description of the Buttons App itself and a complete list of supported input and output devices, refer to the Buttons concept article (link at the end of this document).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Electrical Connections===&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly models discussed in this article are powered by 110 to 240 Volt AC, 50/60 Hz. Please be aware that these voltages are hazardous. Never work on electrical networks without a residual current device (RCD/GFCI) installed. Before mounting or connecting any device, ensure that all wires (not just the live wire, but also the neutral) are disconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some models can also be powered by 12V or 24-48V DC. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third-generation Shelly devices feature polarity protection on the AC side. This means the Shelly will function correctly even if the live (L) and neutral (N) wires are inverted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: In networks with delta connections, both wires carry voltage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For intrinsic safety reasons, it&#039;s often common practice to switch the neutral wire, which typically carries no voltage during normal operation. The drawback of this approach is that troubleshooting a potential interruption becomes more difficult (whereas with the live wire, a simple voltage tester suffices to follow the line). Both wiring variants are functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Shelly devices typically have the wiring diagram silk-screened directly on them, as shown in this example for the Shelly i4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh01.png|sh01.png/|sh01.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It represents the connections to the outside world, not the internal operation of the device, as further highlighted in the instructions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh02.png|sh02.png/|sh02.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: As per the diagram, the Live (L) phase is connected to the output towards the contacts. If installed within the same electrical network, it&#039;s also possible to power the inputs directly from the live phase, rather than using the Shelly&#039;s output. However, in this case, ensure the polarity matches the diagram (L and N as shown). If inverted, you&#039;ll need to switch the neutral.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: On Shelly Pro devices, the silk-screened diagram corresponds exactly to what&#039;s detailed in the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh03.png|sh03.png/|sh03.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Contacts===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices are incredibly versatile, reacting to both the &#039;&#039;&#039;closing and opening&#039;&#039;&#039; of a contact. What&#039;s more, they send messages for various interactions like a quick &#039;&#039;&#039;click&#039;&#039;&#039; (fast open-close), &#039;&#039;&#039;double-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;triple-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, and even a &#039;&#039;&#039;prolonged closure&#039;&#039;&#039; (a &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; press). This &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; event is also sent for a static closure after a timeout, making it perfect for sustained button presses. The Buttons App can handle all these event types, individually or in combination, giving you immense flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In safety circuits, contacts are typically normally closed and open in the event of an alarm. This design ensures that a broken wire will also trigger a detection, enhancing safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Shelly and the Buttons App can be used with circuits featuring:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally open contacts that close and remain closed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally closed contacts that open and remain open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Momentary contacts that close or open (like a push-button).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All transitions, meaning the change from one state to another, will be signaled and can be utilized for various actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a Shelly device restarts, its current status is immediately reported to the Buttons App. Should the contact state change during a restart or while the device is powered off, this new state will be transmitted to the Buttons App, which will then react accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mounting===&lt;br /&gt;
For their &amp;quot;home&amp;quot; models, which are designed for installation in standard electrical boxes (typically for light switches), Shelly offers a DIN rail adapter. This allows for easy mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh04.png|sh04.png/|sh04.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adapter features an opening on the back, allowing access to the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Keep in mind&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can only press this button if no other devices are installed close by on the DIN rail. The adapter can be mounted 180 degrees, making the reset button accessible from either the right or left side. Once configured, you typically won&#039;t need to use the physical reset button, as a reset can also be performed via the app or web interface if the device is reachable by IP. After a restart, the device&#039;s status is also refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, &#039;&#039;&#039;Pro models&#039;&#039;&#039; are designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting and have their reset button conveniently located on the front, accessible even with the cover closed. They also offer options to customize the behavior of the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh05.png|sh05.png/|sh05.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===First Steps with Shelly Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Shelly device is powered on, it starts up and is ready for use in approximately 5 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be accessed via Wi-Fi or Bluetooth. The &amp;quot;Pro&amp;quot; family of devices can also be reached via an Ethernet connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Some products are also accessible via USB dongles, but this is not covered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For initial configuration, you&#039;ll need to install the manufacturer&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Smart Control app&#039;&#039;&#039; on your smartphone. Afterward, you&#039;ll establish a Wi-Fi or Bluetooth connection between your smartphone and the Shelly device. For our application, Bluetooth is primarily used for the initial setup; subsequently, the device will connect to a local Wi-Fi network or, in the case of Pro models, your local area network (LAN).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and install the Shelly Smart Control application from your respective app store (Google Play or Apple App Store): &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh06.png|sh06.png/|sh06.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t already have one, create a Shelly account (it is free).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll be prompted to set up the parameters for your local Wi-Fi network, which the device will then connect to. To make the device discoverable by your smartphone, press the reset button on the Shelly device for 10 seconds. Follow the app&#039;s instructions to add the device to your list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: A device initially registers with the Shelly manufacturer&#039;s platform, where its serial number is apparently stored. Once a device has been registered to one account, it &#039;&#039;&#039;cannot be registered to another account&#039;&#039;&#039;, even after a factory reset of the Shelly. If a device is registered to your account, no one else can use it unless you first delete it from your account. This is presumed to be a security feature designed to protect a specific device from unauthorized use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly ecosystem, the &#039;&#039;&#039;serial number and MAC address are the same&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each Shelly device will register with its unique address to the Buttons App. If a device has multiple inputs or outputs, it will still have a single address, and the interface number will be contained within the message itself, even if they appear as distinct devices in the Shelly App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Initial Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
After adding your Shelly devices to your application, you can access the individual installed models. The example below shows the page for a Shelly i4, which offers four inputs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh07.png|sh07.png/|sh07.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, you can observe the opening and closing of contacts directly in the app; the display shows the status changes in real time. In the example above, contacts (inputs) 2 and 3 are closed, while contacts 1 and 4 are open. This test is convenient for verifying inputs but is not strictly necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on any of the Shelly devices opens its configuration page. Here, you&#039;ll find the IP address at which the device is accessible via a web browser: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh08.png|sh08.png/|sh08.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Access now the device via your browser, select &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Firmware&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh09.png|sh09.png/|sh09.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update the Shelly to the current stable firmware version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the required restart, return to the home page and select an input, for example, &amp;quot;Input(0),&amp;quot; and then &amp;quot;Input/Output settings&amp;quot;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh10.png|sh10.png/|sh10.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Plus or i4 model&#039;&#039;&#039;, select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; (the default setting is &amp;quot;Switch&amp;quot;). Repeat this setting for all inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Pro model, this setting is different and described in its dedicated section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Connecting Shelly and the Buttons App===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices must register with the Buttons App to send status messages. Therefore, each Shelly device needs to be configured with the destination path to the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This path is configured on the Shelly in the menu &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Outbound websocket&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh11.png|sh11.png/|sh11.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Enable,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;Connection Type,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;TLS no validation.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path is configured in the &amp;quot;Server:&amp;quot; field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format is: “&#039;&#039;&#039;wss:// + destination + /shelly&#039;&#039;&#039;”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s how to securely and easily determine the &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open the PBX advanced interface (devices) and then the &amp;quot;PBX&amp;quot; page. In the &amp;quot;DNS&amp;quot; field, you&#039;ll find the name of your PBX: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh12.png|sh12.png/|sh12.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make a note of this name, as it&#039;s the first part of your destination. Now, open the Application Platform and select the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: If the Buttons App isn&#039;t installed, now is the time to install it on your Application Platform:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh13.png|sh13.png/|sh13.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot; will reveal the Webserver path:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh14.png|sh14.png/|sh14.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the path ends with &amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The complete path to enter into the Shelly will be composed of these two names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if your PBX DNS is &amp;quot;testpbx.com&amp;quot; and the Buttons App Webserver path is &amp;quot;butt.mypbx.com/buttons,&amp;quot; the complete destination path to set in the Shelly will be:&lt;br /&gt;
“wss://testpbx.com/butt.mypbx.com/buttons/shelly”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once correctly configured and put in the Server input field, the Shelly device will be registered with the Buttons App and start sending messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify registration, open the Buttons Admin App:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh15.png|sh15.png/|sh15.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the &amp;quot;Connected devices&amp;quot; button will display the name and serial number of the connected and registered Shelly devices:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh16.png|sh16.png/|sh16.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, three Shelly devices (Plus 1, Pro 2, and i4) are connected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen also shows the Shelly&#039;s serial number, which you&#039;ll need later to set up the Buttons App. You can also find the Shelly serial number on the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Wifi&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh17.png|sh17.png/|sh17.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cautio&#039;&#039;&#039;n: The address shown in the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Bluetooth&amp;quot; menu is different and will not be used by the Buttons App. For the Shelly Pro, the serial number is visible on the &amp;quot;Ethernet&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh18.png|sh18.png/|sh18.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can copy and paste the serial number into the Buttons App even with colons; they will be automatically discarded by the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can also retrieve the serial numbers directly from the logging, as explained in the relevant section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly i4 (3rd Generation) ==&lt;br /&gt;
This model features 4 digital inputs (ON/OFF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh19.png|sh19.png/|sh19.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly App, you&#039;ll see 4 &amp;quot;devices&amp;quot; (which is actually just one physical device), and each contact will be treated as if it were a single device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly i4 Gen3 has 4 inputs (from port 0 to port 3, corresponding to SW1 to SW4), and all messages will be sent with the same serial number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Shelly i4 port to the Buttons App, press &amp;quot;Add Device,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;New Device,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; as the type, and enter the serial number followed by a hyphen &amp;quot;-&amp;quot; and the port number:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh20.png|sh20.png/|sh20.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, we&#039;ve created the connection with the first port (SW1); the second port (SW2) will be device e4b063d6a588-1, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Plus 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Plus 1 has one input and one output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh21.png|sh21.png/|sh21.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Shelly i4, the input port should be indicated with &amp;quot;-0&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh22.png|sh22.png/|sh22.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, the serial number for the Shelly Plus 1 is 78ee4ccf5930.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Pro 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Pro differentiates itself from other Shelly devices as it&#039;s designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh25.png|sh25.png/|sh25.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
It also features a LAN port, allowing it to connect to an Ethernet network even without Wi-Fi or Bluetooth (though both are onboard). It doesn&#039;t require an internet connection, but it can be useful for initial setup and firmware updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has two inputs and two outputs, all designed exclusively for 220V circuits (110-240 VAC 50/60 Hz).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s configured similarly to the other Shelly devices described above, but with the key difference that triggering by the Buttons App occurs on the &#039;&#039;&#039;outputs&#039;&#039;&#039;. The Buttons App therefore reacts to changes in the state of the outputs, regardless of whether they are switched via the web or other settings. If you want to transmit the state of the inputs (as in the case of the other Shelly models described), you&#039;ll need to configure the Shelly Pro 2 for its outputs to follow the state of its inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s an example of this setting, where the input port (input 0) controls the output port (output 0): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh23.png|sh23.png/|sh23.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that in the setup above, even after a restart, the output will follow the current state of the input (which is usually the desired behavior).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you&#039;ve set the Ethernet parameters (Client, Server, and Static IP modes are available), you can disable Wi-Fi settings, cloud settings, and &amp;quot;Access Point&amp;quot; mode (which also disables &amp;quot;Range extender&amp;quot; mode).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: With Wi-Fi disabled, you will no longer be able to access the Shelly Pro 2 from the Shelly App. However, the application remembers the settings you configured before disabling Wi-Fi access. This can be helpful if, for example, you want to check the IP address (unless it has been changed via LAN access).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly RGBWW PM ==&lt;br /&gt;
This model is similar to the Shelly Pro 2 (DIN rail mount, LAN), but it has five inputs instead of two and is powered by 24V DC. If you are operating the system on 220V, you will need a transformer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh42.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the external switches connect the 0V line (minus) to the inputs (indicated by the ground symbol in the diagram).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh41.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This model has several operating variants, for example, to control colored LED strips. You can set this under Device profile (scroll all the way down). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh40.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The individual inputs (Input 0–4) should be set to Button and Single input. In the Button app, the usual numbering from Serial-0 to Serial-4 will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Debugging ==&lt;br /&gt;
Traffic between the Shelly and the Buttons App (once registered) can be monitored in the Buttons App&#039;s Log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Application Platform (where you retrieved the path before), clear the Log, perform a contact closure or opening operation, and then select &amp;quot;Display&amp;quot; from the dropdown menu. A new page will open in your browser:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh24.png|sh24.png/|sh24.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, you can see that the Shelly Device model &amp;quot;shellypro2&amp;quot; with serial number &amp;quot;ec626091d3f4&amp;quot; is sending a detected change on input and output &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; and activating &amp;quot;Trigger Switch 6,&amp;quot; which sets user &#039;kwa&#039;s presence to &amp;quot;busy.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Changing the presence status is the simplest way to verify proper functionality and requires no additional setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh42.png&amp;diff=77497</id>
		<title>File:Sh42.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh42.png&amp;diff=77497"/>
		<updated>2025-08-08T12:59:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh41.png&amp;diff=77496</id>
		<title>File:Sh41.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh41.png&amp;diff=77496"/>
		<updated>2025-08-08T12:59:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh40.png&amp;diff=77495</id>
		<title>File:Sh40.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh40.png&amp;diff=77495"/>
		<updated>2025-08-08T12:59:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77494</id>
		<title>Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the innovaphone Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77494"/>
		<updated>2025-08-08T12:29:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the Buttons App}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;DRAFT&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly, a European (Bulgarian) manufacturer, offers a wide range of Internet of Things (IoT) sensors and actuators. This article will guide you through setting up and using Shelly digital inputs (contacts) to interact seamlessly with the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possibilities are truly endless! Imagine triggering a phone call when a door contact closes, sending an instant message, initiating time tracking, or even setting up complex conditional actions. That&#039;s because the Buttons App allows you to assign a series of parallel actions to any specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this document, we&#039;ll walk you through every step of integrating your Shelly devices with the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s surprisingly straightforward - let&#039;s get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
•	myApps V15r3 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Buttons App V15r4 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tests with Shelly devices were conducted using Shelly firmware version 1.6.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: enter keywords, foreign translations and/or synoyms not appearing in the article here for better search results --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides a straightforward explanation of the basic concepts needed to integrate &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly devices&#039;&#039;&#039; with the &#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons App&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: We are not Shelly specialists. For detailed information, consult the manufacturer&#039;s documentation, as well as the many forums and videos available online on this topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide, we will specifically cover the integration of digital inputs (contacts) for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly i4&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Plus1&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Pro2&#039;&#039;&#039; models.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While motion sensors and the Shelly USB dongle can also be integrated, they are not covered in this article. However, as Shelly products share similar characteristics, you&#039;ll likely find useful insights applicable to other models as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Shelly device comes with its own mounting instructions; here, we will only briefly touch upon a few key details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;&#039;&#039;t is crucial to read and strictly adhere to all safety guidelines.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These devices are typically powered by hazardous voltages (usually 220V in Europe). Installing a residual current device (RCD), also known as a ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) in some regions, upstream in the electrical circuit is highly recommended and, in some countries, legally required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons App is an application that lets you link specific input events to various output actions. Examples of input events include calls, function keys on innovaphone IP phones, and other applications, as well as the messages received from Shelly devices. Output actions can be calls, notifications, chats, messages, or applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a comprehensive description of the Buttons App itself and a complete list of supported input and output devices, refer to the Buttons concept article (link at the end of this document).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Electrical Connections===&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly models discussed in this article are powered by 110 to 240 Volt AC, 50/60 Hz. Please be aware that these voltages are hazardous. Never work on electrical networks without a residual current device (RCD/GFCI) installed. Before mounting or connecting any device, ensure that all wires (not just the live wire, but also the neutral) are disconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some models can also be powered by 12V or 24-48V DC. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third-generation Shelly devices feature polarity protection on the AC side. This means the Shelly will function correctly even if the live (L) and neutral (N) wires are inverted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: In networks with delta connections, both wires carry voltage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For intrinsic safety reasons, it&#039;s often common practice to switch the neutral wire, which typically carries no voltage during normal operation. The drawback of this approach is that troubleshooting a potential interruption becomes more difficult (whereas with the live wire, a simple voltage tester suffices to follow the line). Both wiring variants are functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Shelly devices typically have the wiring diagram silk-screened directly on them, as shown in this example for the Shelly i4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh01.png|sh01.png/|sh01.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It represents the connections to the outside world, not the internal operation of the device, as further highlighted in the instructions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh02.png|sh02.png/|sh02.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: As per the diagram, the Live (L) phase is connected to the output towards the contacts. If installed within the same electrical network, it&#039;s also possible to power the inputs directly from the live phase, rather than using the Shelly&#039;s output. However, in this case, ensure the polarity matches the diagram (L and N as shown). If inverted, you&#039;ll need to switch the neutral.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: On Shelly Pro devices, the silk-screened diagram corresponds exactly to what&#039;s detailed in the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh03.png|sh03.png/|sh03.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Contacts===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices are incredibly versatile, reacting to both the &#039;&#039;&#039;closing and opening&#039;&#039;&#039; of a contact. What&#039;s more, they send messages for various interactions like a quick &#039;&#039;&#039;click&#039;&#039;&#039; (fast open-close), &#039;&#039;&#039;double-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;triple-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, and even a &#039;&#039;&#039;prolonged closure&#039;&#039;&#039; (a &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; press). This &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; event is also sent for a static closure after a timeout, making it perfect for sustained button presses. The Buttons App can handle all these event types, individually or in combination, giving you immense flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In safety circuits, contacts are typically normally closed and open in the event of an alarm. This design ensures that a broken wire will also trigger a detection, enhancing safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Shelly and the Buttons App can be used with circuits featuring:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally open contacts that close and remain closed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally closed contacts that open and remain open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Momentary contacts that close or open (like a push-button).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All transitions, meaning the change from one state to another, will be signaled and can be utilized for various actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a Shelly device restarts, its current status is immediately reported to the Buttons App. Should the contact state change during a restart or while the device is powered off, this new state will be transmitted to the Buttons App, which will then react accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mounting===&lt;br /&gt;
For their &amp;quot;home&amp;quot; models, which are designed for installation in standard electrical boxes (typically for light switches), Shelly offers a DIN rail adapter. This allows for easy mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh04.png|sh04.png/|sh04.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adapter features an opening on the back, allowing access to the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Keep in mind&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can only press this button if no other devices are installed close by on the DIN rail. The adapter can be mounted 180 degrees, making the reset button accessible from either the right or left side. Once configured, you typically won&#039;t need to use the physical reset button, as a reset can also be performed via the app or web interface if the device is reachable by IP. After a restart, the device&#039;s status is also refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, &#039;&#039;&#039;Pro models&#039;&#039;&#039; are designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting and have their reset button conveniently located on the front, accessible even with the cover closed. They also offer options to customize the behavior of the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh05.png|sh05.png/|sh05.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===First Steps with Shelly Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Shelly device is powered on, it starts up and is ready for use in approximately 5 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be accessed via Wi-Fi or Bluetooth. The &amp;quot;Pro&amp;quot; family of devices can also be reached via an Ethernet connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Some products are also accessible via USB dongles, but this is not covered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For initial configuration, you&#039;ll need to install the manufacturer&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Smart Control app&#039;&#039;&#039; on your smartphone. Afterward, you&#039;ll establish a Wi-Fi or Bluetooth connection between your smartphone and the Shelly device. For our application, Bluetooth is primarily used for the initial setup; subsequently, the device will connect to a local Wi-Fi network or, in the case of Pro models, your local area network (LAN).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and install the Shelly Smart Control application from your respective app store (Google Play or Apple App Store): &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh06.png|sh06.png/|sh06.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t already have one, create a Shelly account (it is free).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll be prompted to set up the parameters for your local Wi-Fi network, which the device will then connect to. To make the device discoverable by your smartphone, press the reset button on the Shelly device for 10 seconds. Follow the app&#039;s instructions to add the device to your list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: A device initially registers with the Shelly manufacturer&#039;s platform, where its serial number is apparently stored. Once a device has been registered to one account, it &#039;&#039;&#039;cannot be registered to another account&#039;&#039;&#039;, even after a factory reset of the Shelly. If a device is registered to your account, no one else can use it unless you first delete it from your account. This is presumed to be a security feature designed to protect a specific device from unauthorized use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly ecosystem, the &#039;&#039;&#039;serial number and MAC address are the same&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each Shelly device will register with its unique address to the Buttons App. If a device has multiple inputs or outputs, it will still have a single address, and the interface number will be contained within the message itself, even if they appear as distinct devices in the Shelly App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Initial Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
After adding your Shelly devices to your application, you can access the individual installed models. The example below shows the page for a Shelly i4, which offers four inputs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh07.png|sh07.png/|sh07.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, you can observe the opening and closing of contacts directly in the app; the display shows the status changes in real time. In the example above, contacts (inputs) 2 and 3 are closed, while contacts 1 and 4 are open. This test is convenient for verifying inputs but is not strictly necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on any of the Shelly devices opens its configuration page. Here, you&#039;ll find the IP address at which the device is accessible via a web browser: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh08.png|sh08.png/|sh08.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Access now the device via your browser, select &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Firmware&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh09.png|sh09.png/|sh09.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update the Shelly to the current stable firmware version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the required restart, return to the home page and select an input, for example, &amp;quot;Input(0),&amp;quot; and then &amp;quot;Input/Output settings&amp;quot;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh10.png|sh10.png/|sh10.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Plus or i4 model&#039;&#039;&#039;, select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; (the default setting is &amp;quot;Switch&amp;quot;). Repeat this setting for all inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Pro model, this setting is different and described in its dedicated section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Connecting Shelly and the Buttons App===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices must register with the Buttons App to send status messages. Therefore, each Shelly device needs to be configured with the destination path to the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This path is configured on the Shelly in the menu &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Outbound websocket&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh11.png|sh11.png/|sh11.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Enable,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;Connection Type,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;TLS no validation.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path is configured in the &amp;quot;Server:&amp;quot; field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format is: “&#039;&#039;&#039;wss:// + destination + /shelly&#039;&#039;&#039;”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s how to securely and easily determine the &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open the PBX advanced interface (devices) and then the &amp;quot;PBX&amp;quot; page. In the &amp;quot;DNS&amp;quot; field, you&#039;ll find the name of your PBX: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh12.png|sh12.png/|sh12.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make a note of this name, as it&#039;s the first part of your destination. Now, open the Application Platform and select the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: If the Buttons App isn&#039;t installed, now is the time to install it on your Application Platform:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh13.png|sh13.png/|sh13.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot; will reveal the Webserver path:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh14.png|sh14.png/|sh14.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the path ends with &amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The complete path to enter into the Shelly will be composed of these two names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if your PBX DNS is &amp;quot;testpbx.com&amp;quot; and the Buttons App Webserver path is &amp;quot;butt.mypbx.com/buttons,&amp;quot; the complete destination path to set in the Shelly will be:&lt;br /&gt;
“wss://testpbx.com/butt.mypbx.com/buttons/shelly”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once correctly configured and put in the Server input field, the Shelly device will be registered with the Buttons App and start sending messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify registration, open the Buttons Admin App:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh15.png|sh15.png/|sh15.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the &amp;quot;Connected devices&amp;quot; button will display the name and serial number of the connected and registered Shelly devices:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh16.png|sh16.png/|sh16.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, three Shelly devices (Plus 1, Pro 2, and i4) are connected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen also shows the Shelly&#039;s serial number, which you&#039;ll need later to set up the Buttons App. You can also find the Shelly serial number on the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Wifi&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh17.png|sh17.png/|sh17.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cautio&#039;&#039;&#039;n: The address shown in the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Bluetooth&amp;quot; menu is different and will not be used by the Buttons App. For the Shelly Pro, the serial number is visible on the &amp;quot;Ethernet&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh18.png|sh18.png/|sh18.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can copy and paste the serial number into the Buttons App even with colons; they will be automatically discarded by the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can also retrieve the serial numbers directly from the logging, as explained in the relevant section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly i4 (3rd Generation) ==&lt;br /&gt;
This model features 4 digital inputs (ON/OFF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh19.png|sh19.png/|sh19.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly App, you&#039;ll see 4 &amp;quot;devices&amp;quot; (which is actually just one physical device), and each contact will be treated as if it were a single device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly i4 Gen3 has 4 inputs (from port 0 to port 3, corresponding to SW1 to SW4), and all messages will be sent with the same serial number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Shelly i4 port to the Buttons App, press &amp;quot;Add Device,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;New Device,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; as the type, and enter the serial number followed by a hyphen &amp;quot;-&amp;quot; and the port number:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh20.png|sh20.png/|sh20.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, we&#039;ve created the connection with the first port (SW1); the second port (SW2) will be device e4b063d6a588-1, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Plus 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Plus 1 has one input and one output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh21.png|sh21.png/|sh21.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Shelly i4, the input port should be indicated with &amp;quot;-0&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh22.png|sh22.png/|sh22.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, the serial number for the Shelly Plus 1 is 78ee4ccf5930.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Pro 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Pro differentiates itself from other Shelly devices as it&#039;s designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh25.png|sh25.png/|sh25.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
It also features a LAN port, allowing it to connect to an Ethernet network even without Wi-Fi or Bluetooth (though both are onboard). It doesn&#039;t require an internet connection, but it can be useful for initial setup and firmware updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has two inputs and two outputs, all designed exclusively for 220V circuits (110-240 VAC 50/60 Hz).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s configured similarly to the other Shelly devices described above, but with the key difference that triggering by the Buttons App occurs on the &#039;&#039;&#039;outputs&#039;&#039;&#039;. The Buttons App therefore reacts to changes in the state of the outputs, regardless of whether they are switched via the web or other settings. If you want to transmit the state of the inputs (as in the case of the other Shelly models described), you&#039;ll need to configure the Shelly Pro 2 for its outputs to follow the state of its inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s an example of this setting, where the input port (input 0) controls the output port (output 0): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh23.png|sh23.png/|sh23.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that in the setup above, even after a restart, the output will follow the current state of the input (which is usually the desired behavior).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you&#039;ve set the Ethernet parameters (Client, Server, and Static IP modes are available), you can disable Wi-Fi settings, cloud settings, and &amp;quot;Access Point&amp;quot; mode (which also disables &amp;quot;Range extender&amp;quot; mode).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: With Wi-Fi disabled, you will no longer be able to access the Shelly Pro 2 from the Shelly App. However, the application remembers the settings you configured before disabling Wi-Fi access. This can be helpful if, for example, you want to check the IP address (unless it has been changed via LAN access).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Debugging ==&lt;br /&gt;
Traffic between the Shelly and the Buttons App (once registered) can be monitored in the Buttons App&#039;s Log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Application Platform (where you retrieved the path before), clear the Log, perform a contact closure or opening operation, and then select &amp;quot;Display&amp;quot; from the dropdown menu. A new page will open in your browser:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh24.png|sh24.png/|sh24.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, you can see that the Shelly Device model &amp;quot;shellypro2&amp;quot; with serial number &amp;quot;ec626091d3f4&amp;quot; is sending a detected change on input and output &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; and activating &amp;quot;Trigger Switch 6,&amp;quot; which sets user &#039;kwa&#039;s presence to &amp;quot;busy.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Changing the presence status is the simplest way to verify proper functionality and requires no additional setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77368</id>
		<title>Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the innovaphone Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77368"/>
		<updated>2025-07-17T08:20:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the Buttons App}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;DRAFT&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly, a European (Bulgarian) manufacturer, offers a wide range of Internet of Things (IoT) sensors and actuators. This article will guide you through setting up and using Shelly digital inputs (contacts) to interact seamlessly with the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possibilities are truly endless! Imagine triggering a phone call when a door contact closes, sending an instant message, initiating time tracking, or even setting up complex conditional actions. That&#039;s because the Buttons App allows you to assign a series of parallel actions to any specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this document, we&#039;ll walk you through every step of integrating your Shelly devices with the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s surprisingly straightforward - let&#039;s get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
•	myApps V15r3 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Buttons App V15r4 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tests with Shelly devices were conducted using Shelly firmware version 1.6.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: enter keywords, foreign translations and/or synoyms not appearing in the article here for better search results --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides a straightforward explanation of the basic concepts needed to integrate &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly devices&#039;&#039;&#039; with the &#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons App&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: We are not Shelly specialists. For detailed information, consult the manufacturer&#039;s documentation, as well as the many forums and videos available online on this topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide, we will specifically cover the integration of digital inputs (contacts) for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly i4&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Plus1&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Pro2&#039;&#039;&#039; models.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While motion sensors and the Shelly USB dongle can also be integrated, they are not covered in this article. However, as Shelly products share similar characteristics, you&#039;ll likely find useful insights applicable to other models as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Shelly device comes with its own mounting instructions; here, we will only briefly touch upon a few key details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;&#039;&#039;t is crucial to read and strictly adhere to all safety guidelines.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These devices are typically powered by hazardous voltages (usually 220V in Europe). Installing a residual current device (RCD), also known as a ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) in some regions, upstream in the electrical circuit is highly recommended and, in some countries, legally required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons App is an application that lets you link specific input events to various output actions. Examples of input events include calls, function keys on innovaphone IP phones, and other applications, as well as the messages received from Shelly devices. Output actions can be calls, notifications, chats, messages, or applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a comprehensive description of the Buttons App itself and a complete list of supported input and output devices, refer to the Buttons concept article (link at the end of this document).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Electrical Connections===&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly models discussed in this article are powered by 110 to 240 Volt AC, 50/60 Hz. Please be aware that these voltages are hazardous. Never work on electrical networks without a residual current device (RCD/GFCI) installed. Before mounting or connecting any device, ensure that all wires (not just the live wire, but also the neutral) are disconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some models can also be powered by 12V or 24-48V DC. We have not tested this setup and will not describe it in this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third-generation Shelly devices feature polarity protection on the AC side. This means the Shelly will function correctly even if the live (L) and neutral (N) wires are inverted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: In networks with delta connections, both wires carry voltage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For intrinsic safety reasons, it&#039;s often common practice to switch the neutral wire, which typically carries no voltage during normal operation. The drawback of this approach is that troubleshooting a potential interruption becomes more difficult (whereas with the live wire, a simple voltage tester suffices to follow the line). Both wiring variants are functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Shelly devices typically have the wiring diagram silk-screened directly on them, as shown in this example for the Shelly i4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh01.png|sh01.png/|sh01.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It represents the connections to the outside world, not the internal operation of the device, as further highlighted in the instructions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh02.png|sh02.png/|sh02.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: As per the diagram, the Live (L) phase is connected to the output towards the contacts. If installed within the same electrical network, it&#039;s also possible to power the inputs directly from the live phase, rather than using the Shelly&#039;s output. However, in this case, ensure the polarity matches the diagram (L and N as shown). If inverted, you&#039;ll need to switch the neutral.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: On Shelly Pro devices, the silk-screened diagram corresponds exactly to what&#039;s detailed in the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh03.png|sh03.png/|sh03.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Contacts===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices are incredibly versatile, reacting to both the &#039;&#039;&#039;closing and opening&#039;&#039;&#039; of a contact. What&#039;s more, they send messages for various interactions like a quick &#039;&#039;&#039;click&#039;&#039;&#039; (fast open-close), &#039;&#039;&#039;double-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;triple-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, and even a &#039;&#039;&#039;prolonged closure&#039;&#039;&#039; (a &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; press). This &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; event is also sent for a static closure after a timeout, making it perfect for sustained button presses. The Buttons App can handle all these event types, individually or in combination, giving you immense flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In safety circuits, contacts are typically normally closed and open in the event of an alarm. This design ensures that a broken wire will also trigger a detection, enhancing safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Shelly and the Buttons App can be used with circuits featuring:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally open contacts that close and remain closed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally closed contacts that open and remain open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Momentary contacts that close or open (like a push-button).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All transitions, meaning the change from one state to another, will be signaled and can be utilized for various actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a Shelly device restarts, its current status is immediately reported to the Buttons App. Should the contact state change during a restart or while the device is powered off, this new state will be transmitted to the Buttons App, which will then react accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mounting===&lt;br /&gt;
For their &amp;quot;home&amp;quot; models, which are designed for installation in standard electrical boxes (typically for light switches), Shelly offers a DIN rail adapter. This allows for easy mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh04.png|sh04.png/|sh04.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adapter features an opening on the back, allowing access to the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Keep in mind&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can only press this button if no other devices are installed close by on the DIN rail. The adapter can be mounted 180 degrees, making the reset button accessible from either the right or left side. Once configured, you typically won&#039;t need to use the physical reset button, as a reset can also be performed via the app or web interface if the device is reachable by IP. After a restart, the device&#039;s status is also refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, &#039;&#039;&#039;Pro models&#039;&#039;&#039; are designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting and have their reset button conveniently located on the front, accessible even with the cover closed. They also offer options to customize the behavior of the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh05.png|sh05.png/|sh05.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===First Steps with Shelly Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Shelly device is powered on, it starts up and is ready for use in approximately 5 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be accessed via Wi-Fi or Bluetooth. The &amp;quot;Pro&amp;quot; family of devices can also be reached via an Ethernet connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Some products are also accessible via USB dongles, but this is not covered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For initial configuration, you&#039;ll need to install the manufacturer&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Smart Control app&#039;&#039;&#039; on your smartphone. Afterward, you&#039;ll establish a Wi-Fi or Bluetooth connection between your smartphone and the Shelly device. For our application, Bluetooth is primarily used for the initial setup; subsequently, the device will connect to a local Wi-Fi network or, in the case of Pro models, your local area network (LAN).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and install the Shelly Smart Control application from your respective app store (Google Play or Apple App Store): &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh06.png|sh06.png/|sh06.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t already have one, create a Shelly account (it is free).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll be prompted to set up the parameters for your local Wi-Fi network, which the device will then connect to. To make the device discoverable by your smartphone, press the reset button on the Shelly device for 10 seconds. Follow the app&#039;s instructions to add the device to your list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: A device initially registers with the Shelly manufacturer&#039;s platform, where its serial number is apparently stored. Once a device has been registered to one account, it &#039;&#039;&#039;cannot be registered to another account&#039;&#039;&#039;, even after a factory reset of the Shelly. If a device is registered to your account, no one else can use it unless you first delete it from your account. This is presumed to be a security feature designed to protect a specific device from unauthorized use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly ecosystem, the &#039;&#039;&#039;serial number and MAC address are the same&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each Shelly device will register with its unique address to the Buttons App. If a device has multiple inputs or outputs, it will still have a single address, and the interface number will be contained within the message itself, even if they appear as distinct devices in the Shelly App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Initial Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
After adding your Shelly devices to your application, you can access the individual installed models. The example below shows the page for a Shelly i4, which offers four inputs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh07.png|sh07.png/|sh07.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, you can observe the opening and closing of contacts directly in the app; the display shows the status changes in real time. In the example above, contacts (inputs) 2 and 3 are closed, while contacts 1 and 4 are open. This test is convenient for verifying inputs but is not strictly necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on any of the Shelly devices opens its configuration page. Here, you&#039;ll find the IP address at which the device is accessible via a web browser: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh08.png|sh08.png/|sh08.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Access now the device via your browser, select &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Firmware&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh09.png|sh09.png/|sh09.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update the Shelly to the current stable firmware version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the required restart, return to the home page and select an input, for example, &amp;quot;Input(0),&amp;quot; and then &amp;quot;Input/Output settings&amp;quot;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh10.png|sh10.png/|sh10.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Plus or i4 model&#039;&#039;&#039;, select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; (the default setting is &amp;quot;Switch&amp;quot;). Repeat this setting for all inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Pro model, this setting is different and described in its dedicated section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Connecting Shelly and the Buttons App===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices must register with the Buttons App to send status messages. Therefore, each Shelly device needs to be configured with the destination path to the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This path is configured on the Shelly in the menu &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Outbound websocket&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh11.png|sh11.png/|sh11.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Enable,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;Connection Type,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;TLS no validation.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path is configured in the &amp;quot;Server:&amp;quot; field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format is: “&#039;&#039;&#039;wss:// + destination + /shelly&#039;&#039;&#039;”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s how to securely and easily determine the &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open the PBX advanced interface (devices) and then the &amp;quot;PBX&amp;quot; page. In the &amp;quot;DNS&amp;quot; field, you&#039;ll find the name of your PBX: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh12.png|sh12.png/|sh12.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make a note of this name, as it&#039;s the first part of your destination. Now, open the Application Platform and select the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: If the Buttons App isn&#039;t installed, now is the time to install it on your Application Platform:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh13.png|sh13.png/|sh13.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot; will reveal the Webserver path:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh14.png|sh14.png/|sh14.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the path ends with &amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The complete path to enter into the Shelly will be composed of these two names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if your PBX DNS is &amp;quot;testpbx.com&amp;quot; and the Buttons App Webserver path is &amp;quot;butt.mypbx.com/buttons,&amp;quot; the complete destination path to set in the Shelly will be:&lt;br /&gt;
“wss://testpbx.com/butt.mypbx.com/buttons/shelly”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once correctly configured and put in the Server input field, the Shelly device will be registered with the Buttons App and start sending messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify registration, open the Buttons Admin App:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh15.png|sh15.png/|sh15.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the &amp;quot;Connected devices&amp;quot; button will display the name and serial number of the connected and registered Shelly devices:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh16.png|sh16.png/|sh16.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, three Shelly devices (Plus 1, Pro 2, and i4) are connected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen also shows the Shelly&#039;s serial number, which you&#039;ll need later to set up the Buttons App. You can also find the Shelly serial number on the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Wifi&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh17.png|sh17.png/|sh17.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cautio&#039;&#039;&#039;n: The address shown in the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Bluetooth&amp;quot; menu is different and will not be used by the Buttons App. For the Shelly Pro, the serial number is visible on the &amp;quot;Ethernet&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh18.png|sh18.png/|sh18.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can copy and paste the serial number into the Buttons App even with colons; they will be automatically discarded by the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can also retrieve the serial numbers directly from the logging, as explained in the relevant section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly i4 (3rd Generation) ==&lt;br /&gt;
This model features 4 digital inputs (ON/OFF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh19.png|sh19.png/|sh19.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly App, you&#039;ll see 4 &amp;quot;devices&amp;quot; (which is actually just one physical device), and each contact will be treated as if it were a single device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly i4 Gen3 has 4 inputs (from port 0 to port 3, corresponding to SW1 to SW4), and all messages will be sent with the same serial number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Shelly i4 port to the Buttons App, press &amp;quot;Add Device,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;New Device,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; as the type, and enter the serial number followed by a hyphen &amp;quot;-&amp;quot; and the port number:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh20.png|sh20.png/|sh20.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, we&#039;ve created the connection with the first port (SW1); the second port (SW2) will be device e4b063d6a588-1, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Plus 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Plus 1 has one input and one output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh21.png|sh21.png/|sh21.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Shelly i4, the input port should be indicated with &amp;quot;-0&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh22.png|sh22.png/|sh22.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, the serial number for the Shelly Plus 1 is 78ee4ccf5930.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Pro 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Pro differentiates itself from other Shelly devices as it&#039;s designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh25.png|sh25.png/|sh25.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
It also features a LAN port, allowing it to connect to an Ethernet network even without Wi-Fi or Bluetooth (though both are onboard). It doesn&#039;t require an internet connection, but it can be useful for initial setup and firmware updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has two inputs and two outputs, all designed exclusively for 220V circuits (110-240 VAC 50/60 Hz).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s configured similarly to the other Shelly devices described above, but with the key difference that triggering by the Buttons App occurs on the &#039;&#039;&#039;outputs&#039;&#039;&#039;. The Buttons App therefore reacts to changes in the state of the outputs, regardless of whether they are switched via the web or other settings. If you want to transmit the state of the inputs (as in the case of the other Shelly models described), you&#039;ll need to configure the Shelly Pro 2 for its outputs to follow the state of its inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s an example of this setting, where the input port (input 0) controls the output port (output 0): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh23.png|sh23.png/|sh23.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that in the setup above, even after a restart, the output will follow the current state of the input (which is usually the desired behavior).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you&#039;ve set the Ethernet parameters (Client, Server, and Static IP modes are available), you can disable Wi-Fi settings, cloud settings, and &amp;quot;Access Point&amp;quot; mode (which also disables &amp;quot;Range extender&amp;quot; mode).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: With Wi-Fi disabled, you will no longer be able to access the Shelly Pro 2 from the Shelly App. However, the application remembers the settings you configured before disabling Wi-Fi access. This can be helpful if, for example, you want to check the IP address (unless it has been changed via LAN access).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Debugging ==&lt;br /&gt;
Traffic between the Shelly and the Buttons App (once registered) can be monitored in the Buttons App&#039;s Log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Application Platform (where you retrieved the path before), clear the Log, perform a contact closure or opening operation, and then select &amp;quot;Display&amp;quot; from the dropdown menu. A new page will open in your browser:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh24.png|sh24.png/|sh24.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, you can see that the Shelly Device model &amp;quot;shellypro2&amp;quot; with serial number &amp;quot;ec626091d3f4&amp;quot; is sending a detected change on input and output &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; and activating &amp;quot;Trigger Switch 6,&amp;quot; which sets user &#039;kwa&#039;s presence to &amp;quot;busy.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Changing the presence status is the simplest way to verify proper functionality and requires no additional setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77367</id>
		<title>Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the innovaphone Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77367"/>
		<updated>2025-07-17T08:19:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the Buttons App}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{DISPLAYTITLE:Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the Buttons App}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;DRAFT&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly, a European (Bulgarian) manufacturer, offers a wide range of Internet of Things (IoT) sensors and actuators. This article will guide you through setting up and using Shelly digital inputs (contacts) to interact seamlessly with the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possibilities are truly endless! Imagine triggering a phone call when a door contact closes, sending an instant message, initiating time tracking, or even setting up complex conditional actions. That&#039;s because the Buttons App allows you to assign a series of parallel actions to any specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this document, we&#039;ll walk you through every step of integrating your Shelly devices with the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s surprisingly straightforward - let&#039;s get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
•	myApps V15r3 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Buttons App V15r4 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tests with Shelly devices were conducted using Shelly firmware version 1.6.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: enter keywords, foreign translations and/or synoyms not appearing in the article here for better search results --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides a straightforward explanation of the basic concepts needed to integrate &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly devices&#039;&#039;&#039; with the &#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons App&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: We are not Shelly specialists. For detailed information, consult the manufacturer&#039;s documentation, as well as the many forums and videos available online on this topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide, we will specifically cover the integration of digital inputs (contacts) for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly i4&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Plus1&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Pro2&#039;&#039;&#039; models.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While motion sensors and the Shelly USB dongle can also be integrated, they are not covered in this article. However, as Shelly products share similar characteristics, you&#039;ll likely find useful insights applicable to other models as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Shelly device comes with its own mounting instructions; here, we will only briefly touch upon a few key details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;&#039;&#039;t is crucial to read and strictly adhere to all safety guidelines.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These devices are typically powered by hazardous voltages (usually 220V in Europe). Installing a residual current device (RCD), also known as a ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) in some regions, upstream in the electrical circuit is highly recommended and, in some countries, legally required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons App is an application that lets you link specific input events to various output actions. Examples of input events include calls, function keys on innovaphone IP phones, and other applications, as well as the messages received from Shelly devices. Output actions can be calls, notifications, chats, messages, or applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a comprehensive description of the Buttons App itself and a complete list of supported input and output devices, refer to the Buttons concept article (link at the end of this document).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Electrical Connections===&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly models discussed in this article are powered by 110 to 240 Volt AC, 50/60 Hz. Please be aware that these voltages are hazardous. Never work on electrical networks without a residual current device (RCD/GFCI) installed. Before mounting or connecting any device, ensure that all wires (not just the live wire, but also the neutral) are disconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some models can also be powered by 12V or 24-48V DC. We have not tested this setup and will not describe it in this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third-generation Shelly devices feature polarity protection on the AC side. This means the Shelly will function correctly even if the live (L) and neutral (N) wires are inverted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: In networks with delta connections, both wires carry voltage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For intrinsic safety reasons, it&#039;s often common practice to switch the neutral wire, which typically carries no voltage during normal operation. The drawback of this approach is that troubleshooting a potential interruption becomes more difficult (whereas with the live wire, a simple voltage tester suffices to follow the line). Both wiring variants are functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Shelly devices typically have the wiring diagram silk-screened directly on them, as shown in this example for the Shelly i4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh01.png|sh01.png/|sh01.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It represents the connections to the outside world, not the internal operation of the device, as further highlighted in the instructions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh02.png|sh02.png/|sh02.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: As per the diagram, the Live (L) phase is connected to the output towards the contacts. If installed within the same electrical network, it&#039;s also possible to power the inputs directly from the live phase, rather than using the Shelly&#039;s output. However, in this case, ensure the polarity matches the diagram (L and N as shown). If inverted, you&#039;ll need to switch the neutral.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: On Shelly Pro devices, the silk-screened diagram corresponds exactly to what&#039;s detailed in the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh03.png|sh03.png/|sh03.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Contacts===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices are incredibly versatile, reacting to both the &#039;&#039;&#039;closing and opening&#039;&#039;&#039; of a contact. What&#039;s more, they send messages for various interactions like a quick &#039;&#039;&#039;click&#039;&#039;&#039; (fast open-close), &#039;&#039;&#039;double-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;triple-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, and even a &#039;&#039;&#039;prolonged closure&#039;&#039;&#039; (a &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; press). This &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; event is also sent for a static closure after a timeout, making it perfect for sustained button presses. The Buttons App can handle all these event types, individually or in combination, giving you immense flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In safety circuits, contacts are typically normally closed and open in the event of an alarm. This design ensures that a broken wire will also trigger a detection, enhancing safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Shelly and the Buttons App can be used with circuits featuring:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally open contacts that close and remain closed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally closed contacts that open and remain open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Momentary contacts that close or open (like a push-button).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All transitions, meaning the change from one state to another, will be signaled and can be utilized for various actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a Shelly device restarts, its current status is immediately reported to the Buttons App. Should the contact state change during a restart or while the device is powered off, this new state will be transmitted to the Buttons App, which will then react accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mounting===&lt;br /&gt;
For their &amp;quot;home&amp;quot; models, which are designed for installation in standard electrical boxes (typically for light switches), Shelly offers a DIN rail adapter. This allows for easy mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh04.png|sh04.png/|sh04.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adapter features an opening on the back, allowing access to the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Keep in mind&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can only press this button if no other devices are installed close by on the DIN rail. The adapter can be mounted 180 degrees, making the reset button accessible from either the right or left side. Once configured, you typically won&#039;t need to use the physical reset button, as a reset can also be performed via the app or web interface if the device is reachable by IP. After a restart, the device&#039;s status is also refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, &#039;&#039;&#039;Pro models&#039;&#039;&#039; are designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting and have their reset button conveniently located on the front, accessible even with the cover closed. They also offer options to customize the behavior of the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh05.png|sh05.png/|sh05.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===First Steps with Shelly Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Shelly device is powered on, it starts up and is ready for use in approximately 5 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be accessed via Wi-Fi or Bluetooth. The &amp;quot;Pro&amp;quot; family of devices can also be reached via an Ethernet connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Some products are also accessible via USB dongles, but this is not covered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For initial configuration, you&#039;ll need to install the manufacturer&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Smart Control app&#039;&#039;&#039; on your smartphone. Afterward, you&#039;ll establish a Wi-Fi or Bluetooth connection between your smartphone and the Shelly device. For our application, Bluetooth is primarily used for the initial setup; subsequently, the device will connect to a local Wi-Fi network or, in the case of Pro models, your local area network (LAN).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and install the Shelly Smart Control application from your respective app store (Google Play or Apple App Store): &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh06.png|sh06.png/|sh06.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t already have one, create a Shelly account (it is free).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll be prompted to set up the parameters for your local Wi-Fi network, which the device will then connect to. To make the device discoverable by your smartphone, press the reset button on the Shelly device for 10 seconds. Follow the app&#039;s instructions to add the device to your list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: A device initially registers with the Shelly manufacturer&#039;s platform, where its serial number is apparently stored. Once a device has been registered to one account, it &#039;&#039;&#039;cannot be registered to another account&#039;&#039;&#039;, even after a factory reset of the Shelly. If a device is registered to your account, no one else can use it unless you first delete it from your account. This is presumed to be a security feature designed to protect a specific device from unauthorized use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly ecosystem, the &#039;&#039;&#039;serial number and MAC address are the same&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each Shelly device will register with its unique address to the Buttons App. If a device has multiple inputs or outputs, it will still have a single address, and the interface number will be contained within the message itself, even if they appear as distinct devices in the Shelly App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Initial Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
After adding your Shelly devices to your application, you can access the individual installed models. The example below shows the page for a Shelly i4, which offers four inputs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh07.png|sh07.png/|sh07.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, you can observe the opening and closing of contacts directly in the app; the display shows the status changes in real time. In the example above, contacts (inputs) 2 and 3 are closed, while contacts 1 and 4 are open. This test is convenient for verifying inputs but is not strictly necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on any of the Shelly devices opens its configuration page. Here, you&#039;ll find the IP address at which the device is accessible via a web browser: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh08.png|sh08.png/|sh08.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Access now the device via your browser, select &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Firmware&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh09.png|sh09.png/|sh09.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update the Shelly to the current stable firmware version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the required restart, return to the home page and select an input, for example, &amp;quot;Input(0),&amp;quot; and then &amp;quot;Input/Output settings&amp;quot;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh10.png|sh10.png/|sh10.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Plus or i4 model&#039;&#039;&#039;, select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; (the default setting is &amp;quot;Switch&amp;quot;). Repeat this setting for all inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Pro model, this setting is different and described in its dedicated section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Connecting Shelly and the Buttons App===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices must register with the Buttons App to send status messages. Therefore, each Shelly device needs to be configured with the destination path to the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This path is configured on the Shelly in the menu &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Outbound websocket&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh11.png|sh11.png/|sh11.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Enable,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;Connection Type,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;TLS no validation.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path is configured in the &amp;quot;Server:&amp;quot; field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format is: “&#039;&#039;&#039;wss:// + destination + /shelly&#039;&#039;&#039;”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s how to securely and easily determine the &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open the PBX advanced interface (devices) and then the &amp;quot;PBX&amp;quot; page. In the &amp;quot;DNS&amp;quot; field, you&#039;ll find the name of your PBX: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh12.png|sh12.png/|sh12.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make a note of this name, as it&#039;s the first part of your destination. Now, open the Application Platform and select the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: If the Buttons App isn&#039;t installed, now is the time to install it on your Application Platform:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh13.png|sh13.png/|sh13.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot; will reveal the Webserver path:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh14.png|sh14.png/|sh14.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the path ends with &amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The complete path to enter into the Shelly will be composed of these two names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if your PBX DNS is &amp;quot;testpbx.com&amp;quot; and the Buttons App Webserver path is &amp;quot;butt.mypbx.com/buttons,&amp;quot; the complete destination path to set in the Shelly will be:&lt;br /&gt;
“wss://testpbx.com/butt.mypbx.com/buttons/shelly”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once correctly configured and put in the Server input field, the Shelly device will be registered with the Buttons App and start sending messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify registration, open the Buttons Admin App:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh15.png|sh15.png/|sh15.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the &amp;quot;Connected devices&amp;quot; button will display the name and serial number of the connected and registered Shelly devices:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh16.png|sh16.png/|sh16.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, three Shelly devices (Plus 1, Pro 2, and i4) are connected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen also shows the Shelly&#039;s serial number, which you&#039;ll need later to set up the Buttons App. You can also find the Shelly serial number on the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Wifi&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh17.png|sh17.png/|sh17.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cautio&#039;&#039;&#039;n: The address shown in the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Bluetooth&amp;quot; menu is different and will not be used by the Buttons App. For the Shelly Pro, the serial number is visible on the &amp;quot;Ethernet&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh18.png|sh18.png/|sh18.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can copy and paste the serial number into the Buttons App even with colons; they will be automatically discarded by the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can also retrieve the serial numbers directly from the logging, as explained in the relevant section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly i4 (3rd Generation) ==&lt;br /&gt;
This model features 4 digital inputs (ON/OFF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh19.png|sh19.png/|sh19.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly App, you&#039;ll see 4 &amp;quot;devices&amp;quot; (which is actually just one physical device), and each contact will be treated as if it were a single device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly i4 Gen3 has 4 inputs (from port 0 to port 3, corresponding to SW1 to SW4), and all messages will be sent with the same serial number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Shelly i4 port to the Buttons App, press &amp;quot;Add Device,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;New Device,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; as the type, and enter the serial number followed by a hyphen &amp;quot;-&amp;quot; and the port number:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh20.png|sh20.png/|sh20.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, we&#039;ve created the connection with the first port (SW1); the second port (SW2) will be device e4b063d6a588-1, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Plus 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Plus 1 has one input and one output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh21.png|sh21.png/|sh21.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Shelly i4, the input port should be indicated with &amp;quot;-0&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh22.png|sh22.png/|sh22.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, the serial number for the Shelly Plus 1 is 78ee4ccf5930.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Pro 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Pro differentiates itself from other Shelly devices as it&#039;s designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh25.png|sh25.png/|sh25.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
It also features a LAN port, allowing it to connect to an Ethernet network even without Wi-Fi or Bluetooth (though both are onboard). It doesn&#039;t require an internet connection, but it can be useful for initial setup and firmware updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has two inputs and two outputs, all designed exclusively for 220V circuits (110-240 VAC 50/60 Hz).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s configured similarly to the other Shelly devices described above, but with the key difference that triggering by the Buttons App occurs on the &#039;&#039;&#039;outputs&#039;&#039;&#039;. The Buttons App therefore reacts to changes in the state of the outputs, regardless of whether they are switched via the web or other settings. If you want to transmit the state of the inputs (as in the case of the other Shelly models described), you&#039;ll need to configure the Shelly Pro 2 for its outputs to follow the state of its inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s an example of this setting, where the input port (input 0) controls the output port (output 0): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh23.png|sh23.png/|sh23.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that in the setup above, even after a restart, the output will follow the current state of the input (which is usually the desired behavior).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you&#039;ve set the Ethernet parameters (Client, Server, and Static IP modes are available), you can disable Wi-Fi settings, cloud settings, and &amp;quot;Access Point&amp;quot; mode (which also disables &amp;quot;Range extender&amp;quot; mode).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: With Wi-Fi disabled, you will no longer be able to access the Shelly Pro 2 from the Shelly App. However, the application remembers the settings you configured before disabling Wi-Fi access. This can be helpful if, for example, you want to check the IP address (unless it has been changed via LAN access).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Debugging ==&lt;br /&gt;
Traffic between the Shelly and the Buttons App (once registered) can be monitored in the Buttons App&#039;s Log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Application Platform (where you retrieved the path before), clear the Log, perform a contact closure or opening operation, and then select &amp;quot;Display&amp;quot; from the dropdown menu. A new page will open in your browser:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh24.png|sh24.png/|sh24.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, you can see that the Shelly Device model &amp;quot;shellypro2&amp;quot; with serial number &amp;quot;ec626091d3f4&amp;quot; is sending a detected change on input and output &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; and activating &amp;quot;Trigger Switch 6,&amp;quot; which sets user &#039;kwa&#039;s presence to &amp;quot;busy.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Changing the presence status is the simplest way to verify proper functionality and requires no additional setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77366</id>
		<title>Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the innovaphone Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77366"/>
		<updated>2025-07-17T08:18:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the Buttons App}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;DRAFT&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly, a European (Bulgarian) manufacturer, offers a wide range of Internet of Things (IoT) sensors and actuators. This article will guide you through setting up and using Shelly digital inputs (contacts) to interact seamlessly with the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possibilities are truly endless! Imagine triggering a phone call when a door contact closes, sending an instant message, initiating time tracking, or even setting up complex conditional actions. That&#039;s because the Buttons App allows you to assign a series of parallel actions to any specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this document, we&#039;ll walk you through every step of integrating your Shelly devices with the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s surprisingly straightforward - let&#039;s get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
•	myApps V15r3 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Buttons App V15r4 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tests with Shelly devices were conducted using Shelly firmware version 1.6.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: enter keywords, foreign translations and/or synoyms not appearing in the article here for better search results --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides a straightforward explanation of the basic concepts needed to integrate &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly devices&#039;&#039;&#039; with the &#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons App&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: We are not Shelly specialists. For detailed information, consult the manufacturer&#039;s documentation, as well as the many forums and videos available online on this topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide, we will specifically cover the integration of digital inputs (contacts) for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly i4&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Plus1&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Pro2&#039;&#039;&#039; models.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While motion sensors and the Shelly USB dongle can also be integrated, they are not covered in this article. However, as Shelly products share similar characteristics, you&#039;ll likely find useful insights applicable to other models as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Shelly device comes with its own mounting instructions; here, we will only briefly touch upon a few key details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;&#039;&#039;t is crucial to read and strictly adhere to all safety guidelines.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These devices are typically powered by hazardous voltages (usually 220V in Europe). Installing a residual current device (RCD), also known as a ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) in some regions, upstream in the electrical circuit is highly recommended and, in some countries, legally required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons App is an application that lets you link specific input events to various output actions. Examples of input events include calls, function keys on innovaphone IP phones, and other applications, as well as the messages received from Shelly devices. Output actions can be calls, notifications, chats, messages, or applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a comprehensive description of the Buttons App itself and a complete list of supported input and output devices, refer to the Buttons concept article (link at the end of this document).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Electrical Connections===&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly models discussed in this article are powered by 110 to 240 Volt AC, 50/60 Hz. Please be aware that these voltages are hazardous. Never work on electrical networks without a residual current device (RCD/GFCI) installed. Before mounting or connecting any device, ensure that all wires (not just the live wire, but also the neutral) are disconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some models can also be powered by 12V or 24-48V DC. We have not tested this setup and will not describe it in this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third-generation Shelly devices feature polarity protection on the AC side. This means the Shelly will function correctly even if the live (L) and neutral (N) wires are inverted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: In networks with delta connections, both wires carry voltage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For intrinsic safety reasons, it&#039;s often common practice to switch the neutral wire, which typically carries no voltage during normal operation. The drawback of this approach is that troubleshooting a potential interruption becomes more difficult (whereas with the live wire, a simple voltage tester suffices to follow the line). Both wiring variants are functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Shelly devices typically have the wiring diagram silk-screened directly on them, as shown in this example for the Shelly i4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh01.png|sh01.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It represents the connections to the outside world, not the internal operation of the device, as further highlighted in the instructions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh02.png|sh02.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: As per the diagram, the Live (L) phase is connected to the output towards the contacts. If installed within the same electrical network, it&#039;s also possible to power the inputs directly from the live phase, rather than using the Shelly&#039;s output. However, in this case, ensure the polarity matches the diagram (L and N as shown). If inverted, you&#039;ll need to switch the neutral.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: On Shelly Pro devices, the silk-screened diagram corresponds exactly to what&#039;s detailed in the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh03.png|sh03.png/]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Contacts===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices are incredibly versatile, reacting to both the &#039;&#039;&#039;closing and opening&#039;&#039;&#039; of a contact. What&#039;s more, they send messages for various interactions like a quick &#039;&#039;&#039;click&#039;&#039;&#039; (fast open-close), &#039;&#039;&#039;double-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;triple-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, and even a &#039;&#039;&#039;prolonged closure&#039;&#039;&#039; (a &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; press). This &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; event is also sent for a static closure after a timeout, making it perfect for sustained button presses. The Buttons App can handle all these event types, individually or in combination, giving you immense flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In safety circuits, contacts are typically normally closed and open in the event of an alarm. This design ensures that a broken wire will also trigger a detection, enhancing safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Shelly and the Buttons App can be used with circuits featuring:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally open contacts that close and remain closed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally closed contacts that open and remain open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Momentary contacts that close or open (like a push-button).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All transitions, meaning the change from one state to another, will be signaled and can be utilized for various actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a Shelly device restarts, its current status is immediately reported to the Buttons App. Should the contact state change during a restart or while the device is powered off, this new state will be transmitted to the Buttons App, which will then react accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mounting===&lt;br /&gt;
For their &amp;quot;home&amp;quot; models, which are designed for installation in standard electrical boxes (typically for light switches), Shelly offers a DIN rail adapter. This allows for easy mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh04.png|sh04.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adapter features an opening on the back, allowing access to the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Keep in mind&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can only press this button if no other devices are installed close by on the DIN rail. The adapter can be mounted 180 degrees, making the reset button accessible from either the right or left side. Once configured, you typically won&#039;t need to use the physical reset button, as a reset can also be performed via the app or web interface if the device is reachable by IP. After a restart, the device&#039;s status is also refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, &#039;&#039;&#039;Pro models&#039;&#039;&#039; are designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting and have their reset button conveniently located on the front, accessible even with the cover closed. They also offer options to customize the behavior of the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh05.png|sh05.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===First Steps with Shelly Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Shelly device is powered on, it starts up and is ready for use in approximately 5 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be accessed via Wi-Fi or Bluetooth. The &amp;quot;Pro&amp;quot; family of devices can also be reached via an Ethernet connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Some products are also accessible via USB dongles, but this is not covered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For initial configuration, you&#039;ll need to install the manufacturer&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Smart Control app&#039;&#039;&#039; on your smartphone. Afterward, you&#039;ll establish a Wi-Fi or Bluetooth connection between your smartphone and the Shelly device. For our application, Bluetooth is primarily used for the initial setup; subsequently, the device will connect to a local Wi-Fi network or, in the case of Pro models, your local area network (LAN).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and install the Shelly Smart Control application from your respective app store (Google Play or Apple App Store): &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh06.png|sh06.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t already have one, create a Shelly account (it is free).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll be prompted to set up the parameters for your local Wi-Fi network, which the device will then connect to. To make the device discoverable by your smartphone, press the reset button on the Shelly device for 10 seconds. Follow the app&#039;s instructions to add the device to your list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: A device initially registers with the Shelly manufacturer&#039;s platform, where its serial number is apparently stored. Once a device has been registered to one account, it &#039;&#039;&#039;cannot be registered to another account&#039;&#039;&#039;, even after a factory reset of the Shelly. If a device is registered to your account, no one else can use it unless you first delete it from your account. This is presumed to be a security feature designed to protect a specific device from unauthorized use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly ecosystem, the &#039;&#039;&#039;serial number and MAC address are the same&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each Shelly device will register with its unique address to the Buttons App. If a device has multiple inputs or outputs, it will still have a single address, and the interface number will be contained within the message itself, even if they appear as distinct devices in the Shelly App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Initial Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
After adding your Shelly devices to your application, you can access the individual installed models. The example below shows the page for a Shelly i4, which offers four inputs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh07.png|sh07.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, you can observe the opening and closing of contacts directly in the app; the display shows the status changes in real time. In the example above, contacts (inputs) 2 and 3 are closed, while contacts 1 and 4 are open. This test is convenient for verifying inputs but is not strictly necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on any of the Shelly devices opens its configuration page. Here, you&#039;ll find the IP address at which the device is accessible via a web browser: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh08.png|sh08.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Access now the device via your browser, select &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Firmware&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh09.png|sh09.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update the Shelly to the current stable firmware version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the required restart, return to the home page and select an input, for example, &amp;quot;Input(0),&amp;quot; and then &amp;quot;Input/Output settings&amp;quot;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh10.png|sh10.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Plus or i4 model&#039;&#039;&#039;, select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; (the default setting is &amp;quot;Switch&amp;quot;). Repeat this setting for all inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Pro model, this setting is different and described in its dedicated section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Connecting Shelly and the Buttons App===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices must register with the Buttons App to send status messages. Therefore, each Shelly device needs to be configured with the destination path to the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This path is configured on the Shelly in the menu &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Outbound websocket&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh11.png|sh11.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Enable,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;Connection Type,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;TLS no validation.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path is configured in the &amp;quot;Server:&amp;quot; field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format is: “&#039;&#039;&#039;wss:// + destination + /shelly&#039;&#039;&#039;”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s how to securely and easily determine the &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open the PBX advanced interface (devices) and then the &amp;quot;PBX&amp;quot; page. In the &amp;quot;DNS&amp;quot; field, you&#039;ll find the name of your PBX: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh12.png|sh12.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make a note of this name, as it&#039;s the first part of your destination. Now, open the Application Platform and select the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: If the Buttons App isn&#039;t installed, now is the time to install it on your Application Platform:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh13.png|sh13.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot; will reveal the Webserver path:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh14.png|sh14.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the path ends with &amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The complete path to enter into the Shelly will be composed of these two names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if your PBX DNS is &amp;quot;testpbx.com&amp;quot; and the Buttons App Webserver path is &amp;quot;butt.mypbx.com/buttons,&amp;quot; the complete destination path to set in the Shelly will be:&lt;br /&gt;
“wss://testpbx.com/butt.mypbx.com/buttons/shelly”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once correctly configured and put in the Server input field, the Shelly device will be registered with the Buttons App and start sending messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify registration, open the Buttons Admin App:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh15.png|sh15.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the &amp;quot;Connected devices&amp;quot; button will display the name and serial number of the connected and registered Shelly devices:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh16.png|sh16.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, three Shelly devices (Plus 1, Pro 2, and i4) are connected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen also shows the Shelly&#039;s serial number, which you&#039;ll need later to set up the Buttons App. You can also find the Shelly serial number on the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Wifi&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh17.png|sh17.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cautio&#039;&#039;&#039;n: The address shown in the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Bluetooth&amp;quot; menu is different and will not be used by the Buttons App. For the Shelly Pro, the serial number is visible on the &amp;quot;Ethernet&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh18.png|sh18.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can copy and paste the serial number into the Buttons App even with colons; they will be automatically discarded by the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can also retrieve the serial numbers directly from the logging, as explained in the relevant section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly i4 (3rd Generation) ==&lt;br /&gt;
This model features 4 digital inputs (ON/OFF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh19.png|sh19.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly App, you&#039;ll see 4 &amp;quot;devices&amp;quot; (which is actually just one physical device), and each contact will be treated as if it were a single device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly i4 Gen3 has 4 inputs (from port 0 to port 3, corresponding to SW1 to SW4), and all messages will be sent with the same serial number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Shelly i4 port to the Buttons App, press &amp;quot;Add Device,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;New Device,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; as the type, and enter the serial number followed by a hyphen &amp;quot;-&amp;quot; and the port number:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh20.png|sh20.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, we&#039;ve created the connection with the first port (SW1); the second port (SW2) will be device e4b063d6a588-1, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Plus 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Plus 1 has one input and one output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh21.png|sh21.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Shelly i4, the input port should be indicated with &amp;quot;-0&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh22.png|sh22.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, the serial number for the Shelly Plus 1 is 78ee4ccf5930.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Pro 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Pro differentiates itself from other Shelly devices as it&#039;s designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh25.png|sh25.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
It also features a LAN port, allowing it to connect to an Ethernet network even without Wi-Fi or Bluetooth (though both are onboard). It doesn&#039;t require an internet connection, but it can be useful for initial setup and firmware updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has two inputs and two outputs, all designed exclusively for 220V circuits (110-240 VAC 50/60 Hz).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s configured similarly to the other Shelly devices described above, but with the key difference that triggering by the Buttons App occurs on the &#039;&#039;&#039;outputs&#039;&#039;&#039;. The Buttons App therefore reacts to changes in the state of the outputs, regardless of whether they are switched via the web or other settings. If you want to transmit the state of the inputs (as in the case of the other Shelly models described), you&#039;ll need to configure the Shelly Pro 2 for its outputs to follow the state of its inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s an example of this setting, where the input port (input 0) controls the output port (output 0): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh23.png|sh23.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that in the setup above, even after a restart, the output will follow the current state of the input (which is usually the desired behavior).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you&#039;ve set the Ethernet parameters (Client, Server, and Static IP modes are available), you can disable Wi-Fi settings, cloud settings, and &amp;quot;Access Point&amp;quot; mode (which also disables &amp;quot;Range extender&amp;quot; mode).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: With Wi-Fi disabled, you will no longer be able to access the Shelly Pro 2 from the Shelly App. However, the application remembers the settings you configured before disabling Wi-Fi access. This can be helpful if, for example, you want to check the IP address (unless it has been changed via LAN access).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Debugging ==&lt;br /&gt;
Traffic between the Shelly and the Buttons App (once registered) can be monitored in the Buttons App&#039;s Log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Application Platform (where you retrieved the path before), clear the Log, perform a contact closure or opening operation, and then select &amp;quot;Display&amp;quot; from the dropdown menu. A new page will open in your browser:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh24.png|sh24.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, you can see that the Shelly Device model &amp;quot;shellypro2&amp;quot; with serial number &amp;quot;ec626091d3f4&amp;quot; is sending a detected change on input and output &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; and activating &amp;quot;Trigger Switch 6,&amp;quot; which sets user &#039;kwa&#039;s presence to &amp;quot;busy.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Changing the presence status is the simplest way to verify proper functionality and requires no additional setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77365</id>
		<title>Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the innovaphone Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77365"/>
		<updated>2025-07-17T08:02:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;DRAFT&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly, a European (Bulgarian) manufacturer, offers a wide range of Internet of Things (IoT) sensors and actuators. This article will guide you through setting up and using Shelly digital inputs (contacts) to interact seamlessly with the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possibilities are truly endless! Imagine triggering a phone call when a door contact closes, sending an instant message, initiating time tracking, or even setting up complex conditional actions. That&#039;s because the Buttons App allows you to assign a series of parallel actions to any specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this document, we&#039;ll walk you through every step of integrating your Shelly devices with the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s surprisingly straightforward - let&#039;s get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
•	myApps V15r3 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Buttons App V15r4 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tests with Shelly devices were conducted using Shelly firmware version 1.6.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: enter keywords, foreign translations and/or synoyms not appearing in the article here for better search results --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides a straightforward explanation of the basic concepts needed to integrate &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly devices&#039;&#039;&#039; with the &#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons App&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: We are not Shelly specialists. For detailed information, consult the manufacturer&#039;s documentation, as well as the many forums and videos available online on this topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide, we will specifically cover the integration of digital inputs (contacts) for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly i4&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Plus1&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Pro2&#039;&#039;&#039; models.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While motion sensors and the Shelly USB dongle can also be integrated, they are not covered in this article. However, as Shelly products share similar characteristics, you&#039;ll likely find useful insights applicable to other models as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Shelly device comes with its own mounting instructions; here, we will only briefly touch upon a few key details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;&#039;&#039;t is crucial to read and strictly adhere to all safety guidelines.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These devices are typically powered by hazardous voltages (usually 220V in Europe). Installing a residual current device (RCD), also known as a ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) in some regions, upstream in the electrical circuit is highly recommended and, in some countries, legally required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons App is an application that lets you link specific input events to various output actions. Examples of input events include calls, function keys on innovaphone IP phones, and other applications, as well as the messages received from Shelly devices. Output actions can be calls, notifications, chats, messages, or applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a comprehensive description of the Buttons App itself and a complete list of supported input and output devices, refer to the Buttons concept article (link at the end of this document).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Electrical Connections===&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly models discussed in this article are powered by 110 to 240 Volt AC, 50/60 Hz. Please be aware that these voltages are hazardous. Never work on electrical networks without a residual current device (RCD/GFCI) installed. Before mounting or connecting any device, ensure that all wires (not just the live wire, but also the neutral) are disconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some models can also be powered by 12V or 24-48V DC. We have not tested this setup and will not describe it in this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third-generation Shelly devices feature polarity protection on the AC side. This means the Shelly will function correctly even if the live (L) and neutral (N) wires are inverted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: In networks with delta connections, both wires carry voltage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For intrinsic safety reasons, it&#039;s often common practice to switch the neutral wire, which typically carries no voltage during normal operation. The drawback of this approach is that troubleshooting a potential interruption becomes more difficult (whereas with the live wire, a simple voltage tester suffices to follow the line). Both wiring variants are functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Shelly devices typically have the wiring diagram silk-screened directly on them, as shown in this example for the Shelly i4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh01.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It represents the connections to the outside world, not the internal operation of the device, as further highlighted in the instructions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh02.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: As per the diagram, the Live (L) phase is connected to the output towards the contacts. If installed within the same electrical network, it&#039;s also possible to power the inputs directly from the live phase, rather than using the Shelly&#039;s output. However, in this case, ensure the polarity matches the diagram (L and N as shown). If inverted, you&#039;ll need to switch the neutral.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: On Shelly Pro devices, the silk-screened diagram corresponds exactly to what&#039;s detailed in the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh03.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Contacts===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices are incredibly versatile, reacting to both the &#039;&#039;&#039;closing and opening&#039;&#039;&#039; of a contact. What&#039;s more, they send messages for various interactions like a quick &#039;&#039;&#039;click&#039;&#039;&#039; (fast open-close), &#039;&#039;&#039;double-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;triple-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, and even a &#039;&#039;&#039;prolonged closure&#039;&#039;&#039; (a &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; press). This &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; event is also sent for a static closure after a timeout, making it perfect for sustained button presses. The Buttons App can handle all these event types, individually or in combination, giving you immense flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In safety circuits, contacts are typically normally closed and open in the event of an alarm. This design ensures that a broken wire will also trigger a detection, enhancing safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Shelly and the Buttons App can be used with circuits featuring:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally open contacts that close and remain closed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally closed contacts that open and remain open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Momentary contacts that close or open (like a push-button).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All transitions, meaning the change from one state to another, will be signaled and can be utilized for various actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a Shelly device restarts, its current status is immediately reported to the Buttons App. Should the contact state change during a restart or while the device is powered off, this new state will be transmitted to the Buttons App, which will then react accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mounting===&lt;br /&gt;
For their &amp;quot;home&amp;quot; models, which are designed for installation in standard electrical boxes (typically for light switches), Shelly offers a DIN rail adapter. This allows for easy mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh04.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adapter features an opening on the back, allowing access to the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Keep in mind&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can only press this button if no other devices are installed close by on the DIN rail. The adapter can be mounted 180 degrees, making the reset button accessible from either the right or left side. Once configured, you typically won&#039;t need to use the physical reset button, as a reset can also be performed via the app or web interface if the device is reachable by IP. After a restart, the device&#039;s status is also refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, &#039;&#039;&#039;Pro models&#039;&#039;&#039; are designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting and have their reset button conveniently located on the front, accessible even with the cover closed. They also offer options to customize the behavior of the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh05.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===First Steps with Shelly Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Shelly device is powered on, it starts up and is ready for use in approximately 5 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be accessed via Wi-Fi or Bluetooth. The &amp;quot;Pro&amp;quot; family of devices can also be reached via an Ethernet connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Some products are also accessible via USB dongles, but this is not covered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For initial configuration, you&#039;ll need to install the manufacturer&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Smart Control app&#039;&#039;&#039; on your smartphone. Afterward, you&#039;ll establish a Wi-Fi or Bluetooth connection between your smartphone and the Shelly device. For our application, Bluetooth is primarily used for the initial setup; subsequently, the device will connect to a local Wi-Fi network or, in the case of Pro models, your local area network (LAN).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and install the Shelly Smart Control application from your respective app store (Google Play or Apple App Store): &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh06.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t already have one, create a Shelly account (it is free).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll be prompted to set up the parameters for your local Wi-Fi network, which the device will then connect to. To make the device discoverable by your smartphone, press the reset button on the Shelly device for 10 seconds. Follow the app&#039;s instructions to add the device to your list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: A device initially registers with the Shelly manufacturer&#039;s platform, where its serial number is apparently stored. Once a device has been registered to one account, it &#039;&#039;&#039;cannot be registered to another account&#039;&#039;&#039;, even after a factory reset of the Shelly. If a device is registered to your account, no one else can use it unless you first delete it from your account. This is presumed to be a security feature designed to protect a specific device from unauthorized use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly ecosystem, the &#039;&#039;&#039;serial number and MAC address are the same&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each Shelly device will register with its unique address to the Buttons App. If a device has multiple inputs or outputs, it will still have a single address, and the interface number will be contained within the message itself, even if they appear as distinct devices in the Shelly App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Initial Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
After adding your Shelly devices to your application, you can access the individual installed models. The example below shows the page for a Shelly i4, which offers four inputs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh07.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, you can observe the opening and closing of contacts directly in the app; the display shows the status changes in real time. In the example above, contacts (inputs) 2 and 3 are closed, while contacts 1 and 4 are open. This test is convenient for verifying inputs but is not strictly necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on any of the Shelly devices opens its configuration page. Here, you&#039;ll find the IP address at which the device is accessible via a web browser: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh08.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Access now the device via your browser, select &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Firmware&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh09.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update the Shelly to the current stable firmware version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the required restart, return to the home page and select an input, for example, &amp;quot;Input(0),&amp;quot; and then &amp;quot;Input/Output settings&amp;quot;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh10.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Plus or i4 model&#039;&#039;&#039;, select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; (the default setting is &amp;quot;Switch&amp;quot;). Repeat this setting for all inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Pro model, this setting is different and described in its dedicated section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Connecting Shelly and the Buttons App===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices must register with the Buttons App to send status messages. Therefore, each Shelly device needs to be configured with the destination path to the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This path is configured on the Shelly in the menu &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Outbound websocket&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh11.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Enable,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;Connection Type,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;TLS no validation.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path is configured in the &amp;quot;Server:&amp;quot; field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format is: “&#039;&#039;&#039;wss:// + destination + /shelly&#039;&#039;&#039;”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s how to securely and easily determine the &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open the PBX advanced interface (devices) and then the &amp;quot;PBX&amp;quot; page. In the &amp;quot;DNS&amp;quot; field, you&#039;ll find the name of your PBX: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh12.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make a note of this name, as it&#039;s the first part of your destination. Now, open the Application Platform and select the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: If the Buttons App isn&#039;t installed, now is the time to install it on your Application Platform:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh13.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot; will reveal the Webserver path:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh14.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the path ends with &amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The complete path to enter into the Shelly will be composed of these two names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if your PBX DNS is &amp;quot;testpbx.com&amp;quot; and the Buttons App Webserver path is &amp;quot;butt.mypbx.com/buttons,&amp;quot; the complete destination path to set in the Shelly will be:&lt;br /&gt;
“wss://testpbx.com/butt.mypbx.com/buttons/shelly”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once correctly configured and put in the Server input field, the Shelly device will be registered with the Buttons App and start sending messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify registration, open the Buttons Admin App:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh15.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the &amp;quot;Connected devices&amp;quot; button will display the name and serial number of the connected and registered Shelly devices:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh16.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, three Shelly devices (Plus 1, Pro 2, and i4) are connected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen also shows the Shelly&#039;s serial number, which you&#039;ll need later to set up the Buttons App. You can also find the Shelly serial number on the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Wifi&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh17.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cautio&#039;&#039;&#039;n: The address shown in the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Bluetooth&amp;quot; menu is different and will not be used by the Buttons App. For the Shelly Pro, the serial number is visible on the &amp;quot;Ethernet&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh18.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can copy and paste the serial number into the Buttons App even with colons; they will be automatically discarded by the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can also retrieve the serial numbers directly from the logging, as explained in the relevant section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly i4 (3rd Generation) ==&lt;br /&gt;
This model features 4 digital inputs (ON/OFF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh19.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly App, you&#039;ll see 4 &amp;quot;devices&amp;quot; (which is actually just one physical device), and each contact will be treated as if it were a single device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly i4 Gen3 has 4 inputs (from port 0 to port 3, corresponding to SW1 to SW4), and all messages will be sent with the same serial number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Shelly i4 port to the Buttons App, press &amp;quot;Add Device,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;New Device,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; as the type, and enter the serial number followed by a hyphen &amp;quot;-&amp;quot; and the port number:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh20.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, we&#039;ve created the connection with the first port (SW1); the second port (SW2) will be device e4b063d6a588-1, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Plus 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Plus 1 has one input and one output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh21.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Shelly i4, the input port should be indicated with &amp;quot;-0&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh22.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, the serial number for the Shelly Plus 1 is 78ee4ccf5930.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Pro 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Pro differentiates itself from other Shelly devices as it&#039;s designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh25.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
It also features a LAN port, allowing it to connect to an Ethernet network even without Wi-Fi or Bluetooth (though both are onboard). It doesn&#039;t require an internet connection, but it can be useful for initial setup and firmware updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has two inputs and two outputs, all designed exclusively for 220V circuits (110-240 VAC 50/60 Hz).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s configured similarly to the other Shelly devices described above, but with the key difference that triggering by the Buttons App occurs on the &#039;&#039;&#039;outputs&#039;&#039;&#039;. The Buttons App therefore reacts to changes in the state of the outputs, regardless of whether they are switched via the web or other settings. If you want to transmit the state of the inputs (as in the case of the other Shelly models described), you&#039;ll need to configure the Shelly Pro 2 for its outputs to follow the state of its inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s an example of this setting, where the input port (input 0) controls the output port (output 0): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh23.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that in the setup above, even after a restart, the output will follow the current state of the input (which is usually the desired behavior).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you&#039;ve set the Ethernet parameters (Client, Server, and Static IP modes are available), you can disable Wi-Fi settings, cloud settings, and &amp;quot;Access Point&amp;quot; mode (which also disables &amp;quot;Range extender&amp;quot; mode).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: With Wi-Fi disabled, you will no longer be able to access the Shelly Pro 2 from the Shelly App. However, the application remembers the settings you configured before disabling Wi-Fi access. This can be helpful if, for example, you want to check the IP address (unless it has been changed via LAN access).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Debugging ==&lt;br /&gt;
Traffic between the Shelly and the Buttons App (once registered) can be monitored in the Buttons App&#039;s Log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Application Platform (where you retrieved the path before), clear the Log, perform a contact closure or opening operation, and then select &amp;quot;Display&amp;quot; from the dropdown menu. A new page will open in your browser:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh24.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, you can see that the Shelly Device model &amp;quot;shellypro2&amp;quot; with serial number &amp;quot;ec626091d3f4&amp;quot; is sending a detected change on input and output &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; and activating &amp;quot;Trigger Switch 6,&amp;quot; which sets user &#039;kwa&#039;s presence to &amp;quot;busy.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Changing the presence status is the simplest way to verify proper functionality and requires no additional setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77364</id>
		<title>Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the innovaphone Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77364"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T15:33:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;DRAFT&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly, a European (Bulgarian) manufacturer, offers a wide range of Internet of Things (IoT) sensors and actuators. This article will guide you through setting up and using Shelly digital inputs (contacts) to interact seamlessly with the innovaphone Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possibilities are truly endless! Imagine triggering a phone call when a door contact closes, sending an instant message, initiating time tracking, or even setting up complex conditional actions. That&#039;s because the innovaphone Buttons App allows you to assign a series of parallel actions to any specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this document, we&#039;ll walk you through every step of integrating your Shelly devices with the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s surprisingly straightforward - let&#039;s get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
•	myApps V15r3 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Buttons App V15r4 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tests with Shelly devices were conducted using Shelly firmware version 1.6.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: enter keywords, foreign translations and/or synoyms not appearing in the article here for better search results --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides a straightforward explanation of the basic concepts needed to integrate &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly devices&#039;&#039;&#039; with the &#039;&#039;&#039;innovaphone Buttons Ap&#039;&#039;&#039;p.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: We are not Shelly specialists. For detailed information, consult the manufacturer&#039;s documentation, as well as the many forums and videos available online on this topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide, we will specifically cover the integration of digital inputs (contacts) for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly i4&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Plus1&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Pro2&#039;&#039;&#039; models.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While motion sensors and the Shelly USB dongle can also be integrated, they are not covered in this article. However, as Shelly products share similar characteristics, you&#039;ll likely find useful insights applicable to other models as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Shelly device comes with its own mounting instructions; here, we will only briefly touch upon a few key details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;&#039;&#039;t is crucial to read and strictly adhere to all safety guidelines.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These devices are typically powered by hazardous voltages (usually 220V in Europe). Installing a residual current device (RCD), also known as a ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) in some regions, upstream in the electrical circuit is highly recommended and, in some countries, legally required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons App is an innovaphone application that lets you link specific input events to various output actions. Examples of input events include calls, function keys on innovaphone IP phones, and other applications, as well as the messages received from Shelly devices. Output actions can be calls, notifications, chats, messages, or applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a comprehensive description of the Buttons App itself and a complete list of supported input and output devices, refer to the Buttons concept article (link at the end of this document).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Electrical Connections===&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly models discussed in this article are powered by 110 to 240 Volt AC, 50/60 Hz. Please be aware that these voltages are hazardous. Never work on electrical networks without a residual current device (RCD/GFCI) installed. Before mounting or connecting any device, ensure that all wires (not just the live wire, but also the neutral) are disconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some models can also be powered by 12V or 24-48V DC. We have not tested this setup and will not describe it in this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third-generation Shelly devices feature polarity protection on the AC side. This means the Shelly will function correctly even if the live (L) and neutral (N) wires are inverted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: In networks with delta connections, both wires carry voltage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For intrinsic safety reasons, it&#039;s often common practice to switch the neutral wire, which typically carries no voltage during normal operation. The drawback of this approach is that troubleshooting a potential interruption becomes more difficult (whereas with the live wire, a simple voltage tester suffices to follow the line). Both wiring variants are functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Shelly devices typically have the wiring diagram silk-screened directly on them, as shown in this example for the Shelly i4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh01.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It represents the connections to the outside world, not the internal operation of the device, as further highlighted in the instructions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh02.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: As per the diagram, the Live (L) phase is connected to the output towards the contacts. If installed within the same electrical network, it&#039;s also possible to power the inputs directly from the live phase, rather than using the Shelly&#039;s output. However, in this case, ensure the polarity matches the diagram (L and N as shown). If inverted, you&#039;ll need to switch the neutral.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: On Shelly Pro devices, the silk-screened diagram corresponds exactly to what&#039;s detailed in the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh03.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Contacts===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices are incredibly versatile, reacting to both the &#039;&#039;&#039;closing and opening&#039;&#039;&#039; of a contact. What&#039;s more, they send messages for various interactions like a quick &#039;&#039;&#039;click&#039;&#039;&#039; (fast open-close), &#039;&#039;&#039;double-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;triple-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, and even a &#039;&#039;&#039;prolonged closure&#039;&#039;&#039; (a &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; press). This &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; event is also sent for a static closure after a timeout, making it perfect for sustained button presses. The Buttons App can handle all these event types, individually or in combination, giving you immense flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In safety circuits, contacts are typically normally closed and open in the event of an alarm. This design ensures that a broken wire will also trigger a detection, enhancing safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Shelly and the Buttons App can be used with circuits featuring:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally open contacts that close and remain closed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally closed contacts that open and remain open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Momentary contacts that close or open (like a push-button).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All transitions, meaning the change from one state to another, will be signaled and can be utilized for various actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a Shelly device restarts, its current status is immediately reported to the Buttons App. Should the contact state change during a restart or while the device is powered off, this new state will be transmitted to the Buttons App, which will then react accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mounting===&lt;br /&gt;
For their &amp;quot;home&amp;quot; models, which are designed for installation in standard electrical boxes (typically for light switches), Shelly offers a DIN rail adapter. This allows for easy mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh04.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adapter features an opening on the back, allowing access to the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Keep in mind&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can only press this button if no other devices are installed close by on the DIN rail. The adapter can be mounted 180 degrees, making the reset button accessible from either the right or left side. Once configured, you typically won&#039;t need to use the physical reset button, as a reset can also be performed via the app or web interface if the device is reachable by IP. After a restart, the device&#039;s status is also refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, &#039;&#039;&#039;Pro models&#039;&#039;&#039; are designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting and have their reset button conveniently located on the front, accessible even with the cover closed. They also offer options to customize the behavior of the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh05.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===First Steps with Shelly Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Shelly device is powered on, it starts up and is ready for use in approximately 5 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be accessed via Wi-Fi or Bluetooth. The &amp;quot;Pro&amp;quot; family of devices can also be reached via an Ethernet connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Some products are also accessible via USB dongles, but this is not covered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For initial configuration, you&#039;ll need to install the manufacturer&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Smart Control app&#039;&#039;&#039; on your smartphone. Afterward, you&#039;ll establish a Wi-Fi or Bluetooth connection between your smartphone and the Shelly device. For our application, Bluetooth is primarily used for the initial setup; subsequently, the device will connect to a local Wi-Fi network or, in the case of Pro models, your local area network (LAN).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and install the Shelly Smart Control application from your respective app store (Google Play or Apple App Store): &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh06.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t already have one, create a Shelly account (it is free).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll be prompted to set up the parameters for your local Wi-Fi network, which the device will then connect to. To make the device discoverable by your smartphone, press the reset button on the Shelly device for 10 seconds. Follow the app&#039;s instructions to add the device to your list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: A device initially registers with the Shelly manufacturer&#039;s platform, where its serial number is apparently stored. Once a device has been registered to one account, it &#039;&#039;&#039;cannot be registered to another account&#039;&#039;&#039;, even after a factory reset of the Shelly. If a device is registered to your account, no one else can use it unless you first delete it from your account. This is presumed to be a security feature designed to protect a specific device from unauthorized use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly ecosystem, the &#039;&#039;&#039;serial number and MAC address are the same&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each Shelly device will register with its unique address to the Buttons App. If a device has multiple inputs or outputs, it will still have a single address, and the interface number will be contained within the message itself, even if they appear as distinct devices in the Shelly App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Initial Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
After adding your Shelly devices to your application, you can access the individual installed models. The example below shows the page for a Shelly i4, which offers four inputs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh07.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, you can observe the opening and closing of contacts directly in the app; the display shows the status changes in real time. In the example above, contacts (inputs) 2 and 3 are closed, while contacts 1 and 4 are open. This test is convenient for verifying inputs but is not strictly necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on any of the Shelly devices opens its configuration page. Here, you&#039;ll find the IP address at which the device is accessible via a web browser: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh08.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Access now the device via your browser, select &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Firmware&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh09.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update the Shelly to the current stable firmware version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the required restart, return to the home page and select an input, for example, &amp;quot;Input(0),&amp;quot; and then &amp;quot;Input/Output settings&amp;quot;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh10.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Plus or i4 model&#039;&#039;&#039;, select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; (the default setting is &amp;quot;Switch&amp;quot;). Repeat this setting for all inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Pro model, this setting is different and described in its dedicated section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Connecting Shelly and the Buttons App===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices must register with the Buttons App to send status messages. Therefore, each Shelly device needs to be configured with the destination path to the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This path is configured on the Shelly in the menu &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Outbound websocket&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh11.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Enable,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;Connection Type,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;TLS no validation.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path is configured in the &amp;quot;Server:&amp;quot; field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format is: “&#039;&#039;&#039;wss:// + destination + /shelly&#039;&#039;&#039;”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s how to securely and easily determine the &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open the PBX advanced interface (devices) and then the &amp;quot;PBX&amp;quot; page. In the &amp;quot;DNS&amp;quot; field, you&#039;ll find the name of your PBX: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh12.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make a note of this name, as it&#039;s the first part of your destination. Now, open the Application Platform and select the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: If the Buttons App isn&#039;t installed, now is the time to install it on your Application Platform:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh13.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot; will reveal the Webserver path:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh14.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the path ends with &amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The complete path to enter into the Shelly will be composed of these two names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if your PBX DNS is &amp;quot;testpbx.com&amp;quot; and the Buttons App Webserver path is &amp;quot;butt.mypbx.com/buttons,&amp;quot; the complete destination path to set in the Shelly will be:&lt;br /&gt;
“wss://testpbx.com/butt.mypbx.com/buttons/shelly”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once correctly configured and put in the Server input field, the Shelly device will be registered with the Buttons App and start sending messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify registration, open the Buttons Admin App:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh15.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the &amp;quot;Connected devices&amp;quot; button will display the name and serial number of the connected and registered Shelly devices:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh16.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, three Shelly devices (Plus 1, Pro 2, and i4) are connected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen also shows the Shelly&#039;s serial number, which you&#039;ll need later to set up the Buttons App. You can also find the Shelly serial number on the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Wifi&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh17.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cautio&#039;&#039;&#039;n: The address shown in the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Bluetooth&amp;quot; menu is different and will not be used by the Buttons App. For the Shelly Pro, the serial number is visible on the &amp;quot;Ethernet&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh18.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can copy and paste the serial number into the Buttons App even with colons; they will be automatically discarded by the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can also retrieve the serial numbers directly from the logging, as explained in the relevant section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly i4 (3rd Generation) ==&lt;br /&gt;
This model features 4 digital inputs (ON/OFF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh19.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly App, you&#039;ll see 4 &amp;quot;devices&amp;quot; (which is actually just one physical device), and each contact will be treated as if it were a single device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly i4 Gen3 has 4 inputs (from port 0 to port 3, corresponding to SW1 to SW4), and all messages will be sent with the same serial number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Shelly i4 port to the Buttons App, press &amp;quot;Add Device,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;New Device,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; as the type, and enter the serial number followed by a hyphen &amp;quot;-&amp;quot; and the port number:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh20.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, we&#039;ve created the connection with the first port (SW1); the second port (SW2) will be device e4b063d6a588-1, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Plus 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Plus 1 has one input and one output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh21.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Shelly i4, the input port should be indicated with &amp;quot;-0&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh22.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, the serial number for the Shelly Plus 1 is 78ee4ccf5930.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Pro 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Pro differentiates itself from other Shelly devices as it&#039;s designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh25.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
It also features a LAN port, allowing it to connect to an Ethernet network even without Wi-Fi or Bluetooth (though both are onboard). It doesn&#039;t require an internet connection, but it can be useful for initial setup and firmware updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has two inputs and two outputs, all designed exclusively for 220V circuits (110-240 VAC 50/60 Hz).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s configured similarly to the other Shelly devices described above, but with the key difference that triggering by the Buttons App occurs on the &#039;&#039;&#039;outputs&#039;&#039;&#039;. The Buttons App therefore reacts to changes in the state of the outputs, regardless of whether they are switched via the web or other settings. If you want to transmit the state of the inputs (as in the case of the other Shelly models described), you&#039;ll need to configure the Shelly Pro 2 for its outputs to follow the state of its inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s an example of this setting, where the input port (input 0) controls the output port (output 0): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh23.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that in the setup above, even after a restart, the output will follow the current state of the input (which is usually the desired behavior).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you&#039;ve set the Ethernet parameters (Client, Server, and Static IP modes are available), you can disable Wi-Fi settings, cloud settings, and &amp;quot;Access Point&amp;quot; mode (which also disables &amp;quot;Range extender&amp;quot; mode).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: With Wi-Fi disabled, you will no longer be able to access the Shelly Pro 2 from the Shelly App. However, the application remembers the settings you configured before disabling Wi-Fi access. This can be helpful if, for example, you want to check the IP address (unless it has been changed via LAN access).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Debugging ==&lt;br /&gt;
Traffic between the Shelly and the Buttons App (once registered) can be monitored in the Buttons App&#039;s Log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Application Platform (where you retrieved the path before), clear the Log, perform a contact closure or opening operation, and then select &amp;quot;Display&amp;quot; from the dropdown menu. A new page will open in your browser:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh24.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, you can see that the Shelly Device model &amp;quot;shellypro2&amp;quot; with serial number &amp;quot;ec626091d3f4&amp;quot; is sending a detected change on input and output &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; and activating &amp;quot;Trigger Switch 6,&amp;quot; which sets user &#039;kwa&#039;s presence to &amp;quot;busy.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Changing the presence status is the simplest way to verify proper functionality and requires no additional setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77360</id>
		<title>Reference15r1:Concept Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77360"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T14:32:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept|Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept App Service Buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone from version 15r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The myApps Buttons App is an open source app that deals with the integration of IoT devices and PBX features as triggers. In principle, it is about linking certain input triggers to various output actions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) and open the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;AP app installer&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; plugin. On the right panel, the App Store will be shown. &#039;&#039;Hint : if you access it for the first time, you will need to accept the &amp;quot;Terms of Use of the innovaphone App Store&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* In the search field located on the top right corner of the store, search for &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on it&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the proper firmware version, for example &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Version 15r1&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on install&lt;br /&gt;
* Tick &amp;quot;I accept the terms of use&amp;quot; and continue by clicking on the install yellow button&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the install has been finished&lt;br /&gt;
* Close and reopen the &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings App&#039;&#039;&#039; (PBX manager) again in order to refresh the list of the available colored AP plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; + Add an App&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and then on the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Name&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; that is used as display name &#039;&#039;(all character allowed)&#039;&#039; for it and the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;SIP&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; name that is the administrative field &#039;&#039;(no space, no capital letters)&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;e.g : Name: Buttons, SIP: buttons&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click OK to save the settings and a green check mark will be shown to inform you that the configuration is good&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Buttons User&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You also need a separate User Object in the pbx which is used from the buttons app. The app will register on this object for...&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;calls&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** an incoming call to this user will be used as trigger. therefor the incoming &#039;&#039;&#039;cgpn&#039;&#039;&#039; and sip of the internal caller and the &#039;&#039;&#039;cdpn&#039;&#039;&#039; as destination is used.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Triggernumber &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;99&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; is reserved for Working Toggle. All other destination can be defined per user.&lt;br /&gt;
*** you can setup MWI-Function keys to the number of the buttons-user + append own number checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
**** in the MWI Key example you will see the 8599 which combines the number of the buttons user &amp;quot;85&amp;quot; with the triggerbumber &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; for working toggle&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*** if you want to use outgoing chats from the app you have to assign the chat app to this user&lt;br /&gt;
*** place &amp;quot;chat&amp;quot; in the Home Screen Apps. Just type it in like this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttons-mwi-working.png|thumb|none|/Buttons-mwi-working.png|/Buttons-mwi-working.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buttosapp user chat.png|thumb|none|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png|/Buttosapp_user_chat.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Every mentioned Input Trigger can be multiple combined wit output actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Buttons overview.png|700px|/Buttons_overview.png|/Buttons_overview.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Input trigger ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== PhoneKeys / Dial In =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons app can be made available for calls via a dial-in number. This involves a comparison of the caller (cgpn, sip) and the number called (cdpn).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== myApps Windows Client (Hotkey) =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps Windows Launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;, buttons can be assigned a hotkey. To do this, append the parameter &amp;amp;lt;code&amp;amp;gt;?hotkey=[number]&amp;amp;lt;/code&amp;amp;gt; to the name of the app object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your app object is named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; and you want to assign hotkey number &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;, the entry would be: buttons?hotkey=1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Shelly Devices =====&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be used as trigger devices in the Buttons app. To do this, the app opens another web socket below the app path.  The path name is “/shelly ” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: [https://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly wss://your-app-platforn-dns/domain.com/buttons/shelly]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Devices that can establish an outgoing websocket are supported. You can also work with BLE devices if you have a BLE gateway or other Shelly device that is capable of both BLE and Websocket, so that it could work as gateway for BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also take a look to this video. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lkMEf7CpXHo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Buttons ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Button1 and Shelly BLU Gateway, but you can also use an other Shelly PRO or PLUS Device to handle BLE signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Windows-/ Door Sensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Door/Window and Shelly BLU Gateway                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Motionsensor ======&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested with Shelly BLU Motion and Shelly BLU Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Webhook (&#039;&#039;RestApi&#039;&#039;) ======&lt;br /&gt;
In the SettingsPlugin (PbxManager), you can define an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-path&#039;&#039;&#039; and an &#039;&#039;&#039;http-api-key&#039;&#039;&#039; that can be used by general systems to perform general actions (e.g., monitoring). The idea is that server-based communication is combined with dynamic output actions, which are not triggered by user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path and api-key a added to the reachable base url of the buttons app + /extapi. So, if your base url looks like this [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/] and you api-key is &amp;quot;Secretkey1234&amp;quot;, the url looks like this, to do a Post to Connect App via Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Example: [https://APP-PLATFORM/domaine.de/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234 https://app-dnsname/test.local/buttons/extapi/mypath?key=Secretkey1234&amp;amp;msg=Test&amp;amp;dst=atlantis&amp;amp;type=connect&amp;amp;tags=abcd,1234]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======&#039;&#039;Webhook Get Parameters&#039;&#039;======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* key: your http-api, which you can define via SettingsPlugin&lt;br /&gt;
* type: type of output. at the moment only &amp;quot;connect&amp;quot; is possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* dst: destination for the action&lt;br /&gt;
* tags: tagging parameters for Connect Post&lt;br /&gt;
* msg: the content for your action.&lt;br /&gt;
* callto: (in case of Connect Post), also a call to a destination can be trigged&lt;br /&gt;
* srcqueue: the Waiting Queue Object, which should be used for the outgoing call. (you have to define it in the buttons-admin before).&lt;br /&gt;
* numbers:in case of call, a comma separated list of numbers can be placed, which should be get the call from the Waiting Queue Object&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Output actions ===&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to send a chatmessage to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
Buttons allow you to a notify a to a reachable user. Simply enter the SIP (or H.323) name of the destination and the message you wish to send. A Notifiy is just a notification to the client and works with the notification policies of the used client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Chat + Notify =====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a combination of both in one rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Presence =====&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the presence of users. In case of the buttons-user app, it&#039;s to the own user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonemessage =====&lt;br /&gt;
Similiar to Chat, but it sends messages to innovaphone DesktPhones. As destination you can use the number or the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Phonecall =====&lt;br /&gt;
You need to assign a Waiting Queue via Buttons-Admin App. After that, this Waiting Queue is used to perform outgoing calls and stream the announcement. The Waiting Queue needs a special configuration. =&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Alert Timout = 0&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; otherwise it would not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Connect App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Connect App is assigend to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to create ConnectPosts. Also if you combine ConnectPosts and Calls with the same trigger actions, also interactions of the phonecalls are presented to the Connect Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Working App=====&lt;br /&gt;
If the Working App is assigned to the buttons-user AppObject, buttons is able to control your Working App. Also the Dial In Number &amp;quot;99&amp;quot; is reservered for Working Toggle. So, if your dial in number for buttons is 85, you can call 8599 from your extension and your working status is toggled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create own rules for working-start or working-stop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buttons App - Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have created a short configuration tutorial on youtube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ut3NI59BNl4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77359</id>
		<title>Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the innovaphone Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77359"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T14:08:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;DRAFT&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly, a European (Bulgarian) manufacturer, offers a wide range of Internet of Things (IoT) sensors and actuators. This article will guide you through setting up and using Shelly digital inputs (contacts) to interact seamlessly with the innovaphone Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possibilities are truly endless! Imagine triggering a phone call when a door contact closes, sending an instant message, initiating time tracking, or even setting up complex conditional actions. That&#039;s because the innovaphone Buttons App allows you to assign a series of parallel actions to any specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this document, we&#039;ll walk you through every step of integrating your Shelly devices with the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s surprisingly straightforward - let&#039;s get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
•	myApps V15r3 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Buttons App V15r4 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tests with Shelly devices were conducted using Shelly firmware version 1.6.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: enter keywords, foreign translations and/or synoyms not appearing in the article here for better search results --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides a straightforward explanation of the basic concepts needed to integrate &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly devices&#039;&#039;&#039; with the &#039;&#039;&#039;innovaphone Buttons Ap&#039;&#039;&#039;p.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: We are not Shelly specialists. For detailed information, consult the manufacturer&#039;s documentation, as well as the many forums and videos available online on this topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide, we will specifically cover the integration of digital inputs (contacts) for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly i4&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Plus1&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Pro2&#039;&#039;&#039; models.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While motion sensors and the Shelly USB dongle can also be integrated, they are not covered in this article. However, as Shelly products share similar characteristics, you&#039;ll likely find useful insights applicable to other models as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Shelly device comes with its own mounting instructions; here, we will only briefly touch upon a few key details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;&#039;&#039;t is crucial to read and strictly adhere to all safety guidelines.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These devices are typically powered by hazardous voltages (usually 220V in Europe). Installing a residual current device (RCD), also known as a ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) in some regions, upstream in the electrical circuit is highly recommended and, in some countries, legally required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons App is an innovaphone application that lets you link specific input events to various output actions. Examples of input events include calls, function keys on innovaphone IP phones, and other applications, as well as the messages received from Shelly devices. Output actions can be calls, notifications, chats, messages, or applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a comprehensive description of the Buttons App itself and a complete list of supported input and output devices, refer to the Buttons concept article (link at the end of this document).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Electrical Connections===&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly models discussed in this article are powered by 110 to 240 Volt AC, 50/60 Hz. Please be aware that these voltages are hazardous. Never work on electrical networks without a residual current device (RCD/GFCI) installed. Before mounting or connecting any device, ensure that all wires (not just the live wire, but also the neutral) are disconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some models can also be powered by 12V or 24-48V DC. We have not tested this setup and will not describe it in this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third-generation Shelly devices feature polarity protection on the AC side. This means the Shelly will function correctly even if the live (L) and neutral (N) wires are inverted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: In networks with delta connections, both wires carry voltage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For intrinsic safety reasons, it&#039;s often common practice to switch the neutral wire, which typically carries no voltage during normal operation. The drawback of this approach is that troubleshooting a potential interruption becomes more difficult (whereas with the live wire, a simple voltage tester suffices to follow the line). Both wiring variants are functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Shelly devices typically have the wiring diagram silk-screened directly on them, as shown in this example for the Shelly i4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh01.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It represents the connections to the outside world, not the internal operation of the device, as further highlighted in the instructions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh02.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: As per the diagram, the Live (L) phase is connected to the output towards the contacts. If installed within the same electrical network, it&#039;s also possible to power the inputs directly from the live phase, rather than using the Shelly&#039;s output. However, in this case, ensure the polarity matches the diagram (L and N as shown). If inverted, you&#039;ll need to switch the neutral.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: On Shelly Pro devices, the silk-screened diagram corresponds exactly to what&#039;s detailed in the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh03.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Contacts===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices are incredibly versatile, reacting to both the &#039;&#039;&#039;closing and opening&#039;&#039;&#039; of a contact. What&#039;s more, they send messages for various interactions like a quick &#039;&#039;&#039;click&#039;&#039;&#039; (fast open-close), &#039;&#039;&#039;double-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;triple-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, and even a &#039;&#039;&#039;prolonged closure&#039;&#039;&#039; (a &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; press). This &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; event is also sent for a static closure after a timeout, making it perfect for sustained button presses. The Buttons App can handle all these event types, individually or in combination, giving you immense flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In safety circuits, contacts are typically normally closed and open in the event of an alarm. This design ensures that a broken wire will also trigger a detection, enhancing safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Shelly and the Buttons App can be used with circuits featuring:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally open contacts that close and remain closed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally closed contacts that open and remain open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Momentary contacts that close or open (like a push-button).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All transitions, meaning the change from one state to another, will be signaled and can be utilized for various actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a Shelly device restarts, its current status is immediately reported to the Buttons App. Should the contact state change during a restart or while the device is powered off, this new state will be transmitted to the Buttons App, which will then react accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mounting===&lt;br /&gt;
For their &amp;quot;home&amp;quot; models, which are designed for installation in standard electrical boxes (typically for light switches), Shelly offers a DIN rail adapter. This allows for easy mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh04.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adapter features an opening on the back, allowing access to the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Keep in mind&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can only press this button if no other devices are installed close by on the DIN rail. The adapter can be mounted 180 degrees, making the reset button accessible from either the right or left side. Once configured, you typically won&#039;t need to use the physical reset button, as a reset can also be performed via the app or web interface if the device is reachable by IP. After a restart, the device&#039;s status is also refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, &#039;&#039;&#039;Pro models&#039;&#039;&#039; are designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting and have their reset button conveniently located on the front, accessible even with the cover closed. They also offer options to customize the behavior of the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh05.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===First Steps with Shelly Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Shelly device is powered on, it starts up and is ready for use in approximately 5 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be accessed via Wi-Fi or Bluetooth. The &amp;quot;Pro&amp;quot; family of devices can also be reached via an Ethernet connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Some products are also accessible via USB dongles, but this is not covered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For initial configuration, you&#039;ll need to install the manufacturer&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Smart Control app&#039;&#039;&#039; on your smartphone. Afterward, you&#039;ll establish a Wi-Fi or Bluetooth connection between your smartphone and the Shelly device. For our application, Bluetooth is primarily used for the initial setup; subsequently, the device will connect to a local Wi-Fi network or, in the case of Pro models, your local area network (LAN).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and install the Shelly Smart Control application from your respective app store (Google Play or Apple App Store): &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh06.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t already have one, create a Shelly account (it is free).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll be prompted to set up the parameters for your local Wi-Fi network, which the device will then connect to. To make the device discoverable by your smartphone, press the reset button on the Shelly device for 10 seconds. Follow the app&#039;s instructions to add the device to your list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: A device initially registers with the Shelly manufacturer&#039;s platform, where its serial number is apparently stored. Once a device has been registered to one account, it &#039;&#039;&#039;cannot be registered to another account&#039;&#039;&#039;, even after a factory reset of the Shelly. If a device is registered to your account, no one else can use it unless you first delete it from your account. This is presumed to be a security feature designed to protect a specific device from unauthorized use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly ecosystem, the &#039;&#039;&#039;serial number and MAC address are the same&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each Shelly device will register with its unique address to the Buttons App. If a device has multiple inputs or outputs, it will still have a single address, and the interface number will be contained within the message itself, even if they appear as distinct devices in the Shelly App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Initial Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
After adding your Shelly devices to your application, you can access the individual installed models. The example below shows the page for a Shelly i4, which offers four inputs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh07.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, you can observe the opening and closing of contacts directly in the app; the display shows the status changes in real time. In the example above, contacts (inputs) 2 and 3 are closed, while contacts 1 and 4 are open. This test is convenient for verifying inputs but is not strictly necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on any of the Shelly devices opens its configuration page. Here, you&#039;ll find the IP address at which the device is accessible via a web browser: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh08.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Access now the device via your browser, select &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Firmware&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh09.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update the Shelly to the current stable firmware version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the required restart, return to the home page and select an input, for example, &amp;quot;Input(0),&amp;quot; and then &amp;quot;Input/Output settings&amp;quot;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh10.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Plus or i4 model&#039;&#039;&#039;, select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; (the default setting is &amp;quot;Switch&amp;quot;). Repeat this setting for all inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Pro model, this setting is different and described in its dedicated section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Connecting Shelly and the Buttons App===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices must register with the Buttons App to send status messages. Therefore, each Shelly device needs to be configured with the destination path to the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This path is configured on the Shelly in the menu &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Outbound websocket&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh11.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Enable,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;Connection Type,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;TLS no validation.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path is configured in the &amp;quot;Server:&amp;quot; field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format is: “&#039;&#039;&#039;wss:// + destination + /shelly&#039;&#039;&#039;”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s how to securely and easily determine the &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open the PBX advanced interface (devices) and then the &amp;quot;PBX&amp;quot; page. In the &amp;quot;DNS&amp;quot; field, you&#039;ll find the name of your PBX: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh12.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make a note of this name, as it&#039;s the first part of your destination. Now, open the Application Platform and select the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: If the Buttons App isn&#039;t installed, now is the time to install it on your Application Platform:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh13.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot; will reveal the Webserver path:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh14.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the path ends with &amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The complete path to enter into the Shelly will be composed of these two names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if your PBX DNS is &amp;quot;testpbx.com&amp;quot; and the Buttons App Webserver path is &amp;quot;butt.mypbx.com/buttons,&amp;quot; the complete destination path to set in the Shelly will be:&lt;br /&gt;
“wss://testpbx.com/butt.mypbx.com/buttons/shelly”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once correctly configured and put in the Server input field, the Shelly device will be registered with the Buttons App and start sending messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify registration, open the Buttons Admin App:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh15.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the &amp;quot;Connected devices&amp;quot; button will display the name and serial number of the connected and registered Shelly devices:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh16.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, three Shelly devices (Plus 1, Pro 2, and i4) are connected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen also shows the Shelly&#039;s serial number, which you&#039;ll need later to set up the Buttons App. You can also find the Shelly serial number on the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Wifi&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh17.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cautio&#039;&#039;&#039;n: The address shown in the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Bluetooth&amp;quot; menu is different and will not be used by the Buttons App. For the Shelly Pro, the serial number is visible on the &amp;quot;Ethernet&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh18.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can copy and paste the serial number into the Buttons App even with colons; they will be automatically discarded by the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can also retrieve the serial numbers directly from the logging, as explained in the relevant section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly i4 (3rd Generation) ==&lt;br /&gt;
This model features 4 digital inputs (ON/OFF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh19.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly App, you&#039;ll see 4 &amp;quot;devices&amp;quot; (which is actually just one physical device), and each contact will be treated as if it were a single device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly i4 Gen3 has 4 inputs (from port 0 to port 3, corresponding to SW1 to SW4), and all messages will be sent with the same serial number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Shelly i4 port to the Buttons App, press &amp;quot;Add Device,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;New Device,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; as the type, and enter the serial number followed by a hyphen &amp;quot;-&amp;quot; and the port number:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh20.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, we&#039;ve created the connection with the first port (SW1); the second port (SW2) will be device e4b063d6a588-1, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Plus 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Plus 1 has one input and one output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh21.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Shelly i4, the input port should be indicated with &amp;quot;-0&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh22.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, the serial number for the Shelly Plus 1 is 78ee4ccf5930.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Pro 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Pro differentiates itself from other Shelly devices as it&#039;s designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh25.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
It also features a LAN port, allowing it to connect to an Ethernet network even without Wi-Fi or Bluetooth (though both are onboard). It doesn&#039;t require an internet connection, but it can be useful for initial setup and firmware updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has two inputs and two outputs, all designed exclusively for 220V circuits (110-240 VAC 50/60 Hz).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s configured similarly to the other Shelly devices described above, but with the key difference that triggering by the Buttons App occurs on the &#039;&#039;&#039;outputs&#039;&#039;&#039;. The Buttons App therefore reacts to changes in the state of the outputs, regardless of whether they are switched via the web or other settings. If you want to transmit the state of the inputs (as in the case of the other Shelly models described), you&#039;ll need to configure the Shelly Pro 2 for its outputs to follow the state of its inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s an example of this setting, where the input port (input 0) controls the output port (output 0): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh23.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that in the setup above, even after a restart, the output will follow the current state of the input (which is usually the desired behavior).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you&#039;ve set the Ethernet parameters (Client, Server, and Static IP modes are available), you can disable Wi-Fi settings, cloud settings, and &amp;quot;Access Point&amp;quot; mode (which also disables &amp;quot;Range extender&amp;quot; mode).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: With Wi-Fi disabled, you will no longer be able to access the Shelly Pro 2 from the Shelly App. However, the application remembers the settings you configured before disabling Wi-Fi access. This can be helpful if, for example, you want to check the IP address (unless it has been changed via LAN access).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Debugging ==&lt;br /&gt;
Traffic between the Shelly and the Buttons App (once registered) can be monitored in the Buttons App&#039;s Log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Application Platform (where you retrieved the path before), clear the Log, perform a contact closure or opening operation, and then select &amp;quot;Display&amp;quot; from the dropdown menu. A new page will open in your browser:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh24.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, you can see that the Shelly Device model &amp;quot;shellypro2&amp;quot; with serial number &amp;quot;ec626091d3f4&amp;quot; is sending a detected change on input and output &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; and activating &amp;quot;Trigger Switch 6,&amp;quot; which sets user &#039;kwa&#039;s presence to &amp;quot;busy.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Changing the presence status is the simplest way to verify proper functionality and requires no additional setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77358</id>
		<title>Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the innovaphone Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77358"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T14:04:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;DRAFT&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly, a European (Bulgarian) manufacturer, offers a wide range of Internet of Things (IoT) sensors and actuators. This article will guide you through setting up and using Shelly digital inputs (contacts) to interact seamlessly with the innovaphone Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possibilities are truly endless! Imagine triggering a phone call when a door contact closes, sending an instant message, initiating time tracking, or even setting up complex conditional actions. That&#039;s because the innovaphone Buttons App allows you to assign a series of parallel actions to any specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this document, we&#039;ll walk you through every step of integrating your Shelly devices with the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s surprisingly straightforward - let&#039;s get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
•	myApps V15r3 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Buttons App V15r4 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tests with Shelly devices were conducted using Shelly firmware version 1.6.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: enter keywords, foreign translations and/or synoyms not appearing in the article here for better search results --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides a straightforward explanation of the basic concepts needed to integrate &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly devices&#039;&#039;&#039; with the &#039;&#039;&#039;innovaphone Buttons Ap&#039;&#039;&#039;p.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: We are not Shelly specialists. For detailed information, consult the manufacturer&#039;s documentation, as well as the many forums and videos available online on this topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide, we will specifically cover the integration of digital inputs (contacts) for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly i4&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Plus1&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Pro2&#039;&#039;&#039; models.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While motion sensors and the Shelly USB dongle can also be integrated, they are not covered in this article. However, as Shelly products share similar characteristics, you&#039;ll likely find useful insights applicable to other models as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Shelly device comes with its own mounting instructions; here, we will only briefly touch upon a few key details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;&#039;&#039;t is crucial to read and strictly adhere to all safety guidelines.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These devices are typically powered by hazardous voltages (usually 220V in Europe). Installing a residual current device (RCD), also known as a ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) in some regions, upstream in the electrical circuit is highly recommended and, in some countries, legally required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons App is an innovaphone application that lets you link specific input events to various output actions. Examples of input events include calls, function keys on innovaphone IP phones, and other applications, as well as the messages received from Shelly devices. Output actions can be calls, notifications, chats, messages, or applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a comprehensive description of the Buttons App itself and a complete list of supported input and output devices, refer to the Buttons concept article (link at the end of this document).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Electrical Connections===&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly models discussed in this article are powered by 110 to 240 Volt AC, 50/60 Hz. Please be aware that these voltages are hazardous. Never work on electrical networks without a residual current device (RCD/GFCI) installed. Before mounting or connecting any device, ensure that all wires (not just the live wire, but also the neutral) are disconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some models can also be powered by 12V or 24-48V DC. We have not tested this setup and will not describe it in this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third-generation Shelly devices feature polarity protection on the AC side. This means the Shelly will function correctly even if the live (L) and neutral (N) wires are inverted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: In networks with delta connections, both wires carry voltage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For intrinsic safety reasons, it&#039;s often common practice to switch the neutral wire, which typically carries no voltage during normal operation. The drawback of this approach is that troubleshooting a potential interruption becomes more difficult (whereas with the live wire, a simple voltage tester suffices to follow the line). Both wiring variants are functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Shelly devices typically have the wiring diagram silk-screened directly on them, as shown in this example for the Shelly i4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh01.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It represents the connections to the outside world, not the internal operation of the device, as further highlighted in the instructions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh02.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: As per the diagram, the Live (L) phase is connected to the output towards the contacts. If installed within the same electrical network, it&#039;s also possible to power the inputs directly from the live phase, rather than using the Shelly&#039;s output. However, in this case, ensure the polarity matches the diagram (L and N as shown). If inverted, you&#039;ll need to switch the neutral.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: On Shelly Pro devices, the silk-screened diagram corresponds exactly to what&#039;s detailed in the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh03.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Contacts===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices are incredibly versatile, reacting to both the &#039;&#039;&#039;closing and opening&#039;&#039;&#039; of a contact. What&#039;s more, they send messages for various interactions like a quick &#039;&#039;&#039;click&#039;&#039;&#039; (fast open-close), &#039;&#039;&#039;double-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;triple-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, and even a &#039;&#039;&#039;prolonged closure&#039;&#039;&#039; (a &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; press). This &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; event is also sent for a static closure after a timeout, making it perfect for sustained button presses. The Buttons App can handle all these event types, individually or in combination, giving you immense flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In safety circuits, contacts are typically normally closed and open in the event of an alarm. This design ensures that a broken wire will also trigger a detection, enhancing safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Shelly and the Buttons App can be used with circuits featuring:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally open contacts that close and remain closed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally closed contacts that open and remain open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Momentary contacts that close or open (like a push-button).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All transitions, meaning the change from one state to another, will be signaled and can be utilized for various actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a Shelly device restarts, its current status is immediately reported to the Buttons App. Should the contact state change during a restart or while the device is powered off, this new state will be transmitted to the Buttons App, which will then react accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mounting===&lt;br /&gt;
For their &amp;quot;home&amp;quot; models, which are designed for installation in standard electrical boxes (typically for light switches), Shelly offers a DIN rail adapter. This allows for easy mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh04.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adapter features an opening on the back, allowing access to the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Keep in mind&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can only press this button if no other devices are installed close by on the DIN rail. The adapter can be mounted 180 degrees, making the reset button accessible from either the right or left side. Once configured, you typically won&#039;t need to use the physical reset button, as a reset can also be performed via the app or web interface if the device is reachable by IP. After a restart, the device&#039;s status is also refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, &#039;&#039;&#039;Pro models&#039;&#039;&#039; are designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting and have their reset button conveniently located on the front, accessible even with the cover closed. They also offer options to customize the behavior of the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh05.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===First Steps with Shelly Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Shelly device is powered on, it starts up and is ready for use in approximately 5 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be accessed via Wi-Fi or Bluetooth. The &amp;quot;Pro&amp;quot; family of devices can also be reached via an Ethernet connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Some products are also accessible via USB dongles, but this is not covered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For initial configuration, you&#039;ll need to install the manufacturer&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Smart Control app&#039;&#039;&#039; on your smartphone. Afterward, you&#039;ll establish a Wi-Fi or Bluetooth connection between your smartphone and the Shelly device. For our application, Bluetooth is primarily used for the initial setup; subsequently, the device will connect to a local Wi-Fi network or, in the case of Pro models, your local area network (LAN).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and install the Shelly Smart Control application from your respective app store (Google Play or Apple App Store): &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh06.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t already have one, create a Shelly account (it is free).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll be prompted to set up the parameters for your local Wi-Fi network, which the device will then connect to. To make the device discoverable by your smartphone, press the reset button on the Shelly device for 10 seconds. Follow the app&#039;s instructions to add the device to your list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: A device initially registers with the Shelly manufacturer&#039;s platform, where its serial number is apparently stored. Once a device has been registered to one account, it &#039;&#039;&#039;cannot be registered to another account&#039;&#039;&#039;, even after a factory reset of the Shelly. If a device is registered to your account, no one else can use it unless you first delete it from your account. This is presumed to be a security feature designed to protect a specific device from unauthorized use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly ecosystem, the &#039;&#039;&#039;serial number and MAC address are the same&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each Shelly device will register with its unique address to the Buttons App. If a device has multiple inputs or outputs, it will still have a single address, and the interface number will be contained within the message itself, even if they appear as distinct devices in the Shelly App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Initial Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
After adding your Shelly devices to your application, you can access the individual installed models. The example below shows the page for a Shelly i4, which offers four inputs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh07.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, you can observe the opening and closing of contacts directly in the app; the display shows the status changes in real time. In the example above, contacts (inputs) 2 and 3 are closed, while contacts 1 and 4 are open. This test is convenient for verifying inputs but is not strictly necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on any of the Shelly devices opens its configuration page. Here, you&#039;ll find the IP address at which the device is accessible via a web browser: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh08.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Access now the device via your browser, select &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Firmware&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh09.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update the Shelly to the current stable firmware version. After the required restart, return to the home page and select an input, for example, &amp;quot;Input(0),&amp;quot; and then &amp;quot;Input/Output settings&amp;quot;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh10.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Plus or i4 model&#039;&#039;&#039;, select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; (the default setting is &amp;quot;Switch&amp;quot;). Repeat this setting for all inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Pro model, this setting is different and described in its dedicated section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Connecting Shelly and the Buttons App===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices must register with the Buttons App to send status messages. Therefore, each Shelly device needs to be configured with the destination path to the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This path is configured on the Shelly in the menu &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Outbound websocket&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh11.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Enable,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;Connection Type,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;TLS no validation.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path is configured in the &amp;quot;Server:&amp;quot; field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format is: “&#039;&#039;&#039;wss:// + destination + /shelly&#039;&#039;&#039;”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s how to securely and easily determine the &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open the PBX advanced interface (devices) and then the &amp;quot;PBX&amp;quot; page. In the &amp;quot;DNS&amp;quot; field, you&#039;ll find the name of your PBX: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh12.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make a note of this name, as it&#039;s the first part of your destination. Now, open the Application Platform and select the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: If the Buttons App isn&#039;t installed, now is the time to install it on your Application Platform:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh13.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot; will reveal the Webserver path:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh14.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the path ends with &amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The complete path to enter into the Shelly will be composed of these two names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if your PBX DNS is &amp;quot;testpbx.com&amp;quot; and the Buttons App Webserver path is &amp;quot;butt.mypbx.com/button,&amp;quot; the complete destination path to set in the Shelly will be:&lt;br /&gt;
“wss://testpbx.com/butt.mypbx.com/buttons/shelly”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once correctly configured and put in the Server input field, the Shelly device will be registered with the Buttons App and start sending messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify registration, open the Buttons Admin App:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh15.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the &amp;quot;Connected devices&amp;quot; button will display the name and serial number of the connected and registered Shelly devices:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh16.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, three Shelly devices (Plus 1, Pro 2, and i4) are connected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen also shows the Shelly&#039;s serial number, which you&#039;ll need later to set up the Buttons App. You can also find the Shelly serial number on the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Wifi&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh17.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cautio&#039;&#039;&#039;n: The address shown in the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Bluetooth&amp;quot; menu is different and will not be used by the Buttons App. For the Shelly Pro, the serial number is visible on the &amp;quot;Ethernet&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh18.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can copy and paste the serial number into the Buttons App even with colons; they will be automatically discarded by the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can also retrieve the serial numbers directly from the logging, as explained in the relevant section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly i4 (3rd Generation) ==&lt;br /&gt;
This model features 4 digital inputs (ON/OFF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh19.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly App, you&#039;ll see 4 &amp;quot;devices&amp;quot; (which is actually just one physical device), and each contact will be treated as if it were a single device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly i4 Gen3 has 4 inputs (from port 0 to port 3, corresponding to SW1 to SW4), and all messages will be sent with the same serial number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Shelly i4 port to the Buttons App, press &amp;quot;Add Device,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;New Device,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; as the type, and enter the serial number followed by a hyphen &amp;quot;-&amp;quot; and the port number:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh20.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, we&#039;ve created the connection with the first port (SW1); the second port (SW2) will be device e4b063d6a588-1, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Plus 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Plus 1 has one input and one output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh21.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Shelly i4, the input port should be indicated with &amp;quot;-0&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh22.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, the serial number for the Shelly Plus 1 is 78ee4ccf5930.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Pro 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Pro differentiates itself from other Shelly devices as it&#039;s designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh25.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
It also features a LAN port, allowing it to connect to an Ethernet network even without Wi-Fi or Bluetooth (though both are onboard). It doesn&#039;t require an internet connection, but it can be useful for initial setup and firmware updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has two inputs and two outputs, all designed exclusively for 220V circuits (110-240 VAC 50/60 Hz).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s configured similarly to the other Shelly devices described above, but with the key difference that triggering by the Buttons App occurs on the &#039;&#039;&#039;outputs&#039;&#039;&#039;. The Buttons App therefore reacts to changes in the state of the outputs, regardless of whether they are switched via the web or other settings. If you want to transmit the state of the inputs (as in the case of the other Shelly models described), you&#039;ll need to configure the Shelly Pro 2 for its outputs to follow the state of its inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s an example of this setting, where the input port (input 0) controls the output port (output 0): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh23.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that in the setup above, even after a restart, the output will follow the current state of the input (which is usually the desired behavior).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you&#039;ve set the Ethernet parameters (Client, Server, and Static IP modes are available), you can disable Wi-Fi settings, cloud settings, and &amp;quot;Access Point&amp;quot; mode (which also disables &amp;quot;Range extender&amp;quot; mode).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: With Wi-Fi disabled, you will no longer be able to access the Shelly Pro 2 from the Shelly App. However, the application remembers the settings you configured before disabling Wi-Fi access. This can be helpful if, for example, you want to check the IP address (unless it has been changed via LAN access).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Debugging ==&lt;br /&gt;
Traffic between the Shelly and the Buttons App (once registered) can be monitored in the Buttons App&#039;s Log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Application Platform (where you retrieved the path before), clear the Log, perform a contact closure or opening operation, and then select &amp;quot;Display&amp;quot; from the dropdown menu. A new page will open in your browser:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh24.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, you can see that the Shelly Device model &amp;quot;shellypro2&amp;quot; with serial number &amp;quot;ec626091d3f4&amp;quot; is sending a detected change on input and output &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; and activating &amp;quot;Trigger Switch 6,&amp;quot; which sets user &#039;kwa&#039;s presence to &amp;quot;busy.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Changing the presence status is the simplest way to verify proper functionality and requires no additional setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77357</id>
		<title>Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the innovaphone Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77357"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T14:00:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;DRAFT&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly, a European (Bulgarian) manufacturer, offers a wide range of Internet of Things (IoT) sensors and actuators. This article will guide you through setting up and using Shelly digital inputs (contacts) to interact seamlessly with the innovaphone Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possibilities are truly endless! Imagine triggering a phone call when a door contact closes, sending an instant message, initiating time tracking, or even setting up complex conditional actions. That&#039;s because the innovaphone Buttons App allows you to assign a series of parallel actions to any specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this document, we&#039;ll walk you through every step of integrating your Shelly devices with the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s surprisingly straightforward - let&#039;s get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
•	myApps V15r3 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Buttons App V15r4 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tests with Shelly devices were conducted using Shelly firmware version 1.6.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: enter keywords, foreign translations and/or synoyms not appearing in the article here for better search results --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides a straightforward explanation of the basic concepts needed to integrate &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly devices&#039;&#039;&#039; with the &#039;&#039;&#039;innovaphone Buttons Ap&#039;&#039;&#039;p.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: We are not Shelly specialists. For detailed information, consult the manufacturer&#039;s documentation, as well as the many forums and videos available online on this topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide, we will specifically cover the integration of digital inputs (contacts) for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly i4&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Plus1&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Pro2&#039;&#039;&#039; models.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While motion sensors and the Shelly USB dongle can also be integrated, they are not covered in this article. However, as Shelly products share similar characteristics, you&#039;ll likely find useful insights applicable to other models as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Shelly device comes with its own mounting instructions; here, we will only briefly touch upon a few key details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;&#039;&#039;t is crucial to read and strictly adhere to all safety guidelines.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These devices are typically powered by hazardous voltages (usually 220V in Europe). Installing a residual current device (RCD), also known as a ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) in some regions, upstream in the electrical circuit is highly recommended and, in some countries, legally required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons App is an innovaphone application that lets you link specific input events to various output actions. Examples of input events include calls, function keys on innovaphone IP phones, and other applications, as well as the messages received from Shelly devices. Output actions can be calls, notifications, chats, messages, or applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a comprehensive description of the Buttons App itself and a complete list of supported input and output devices, refer to the Buttons concept article (link at the end of this document).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Electrical Connections===&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly models discussed in this article are powered by 110 to 240 Volt AC, 50/60 Hz. Please be aware that these voltages are hazardous. Never work on electrical networks without a residual current device (RCD/GFCI) installed. Before mounting or connecting any device, ensure that all wires (not just the live wire, but also the neutral) are disconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some models can also be powered by 12V or 24-48V DC. We have not tested this setup and will not describe it in this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third-generation Shelly devices feature polarity protection on the AC side. This means the Shelly will function correctly even if the live (L) and neutral (N) wires are inverted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: In networks with delta connections, both wires carry voltage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For intrinsic safety reasons, it&#039;s often common practice to switch the neutral wire, which typically carries no voltage during normal operation. The drawback of this approach is that troubleshooting a potential interruption becomes more difficult (whereas with the live wire, a simple voltage tester suffices to follow the line). Both wiring variants are functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Shelly devices typically have the wiring diagram silk-screened directly on them, as shown in this example for the Shelly i4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh01.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It represents the connections to the outside world, not the internal operation of the device, as further highlighted in the instructions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh02.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: As per the diagram, the Live (L) phase is connected to the output towards the contacts. If installed within the same electrical network, it&#039;s also possible to power the inputs directly from the live phase, rather than using the Shelly&#039;s output. However, in this case, ensure the polarity matches the diagram (L and N as shown). If inverted, you&#039;ll need to switch the neutral.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: On Shelly Pro devices, the silk-screened diagram corresponds exactly to what&#039;s detailed in the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh03.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Contacts===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices are incredibly versatile, reacting to both the &#039;&#039;&#039;closing and opening&#039;&#039;&#039; of a contact. What&#039;s more, they send messages for various interactions like a quick &#039;&#039;&#039;click&#039;&#039;&#039; (fast open-close), &#039;&#039;&#039;double-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;triple-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, and even a &#039;&#039;&#039;prolonged closure&#039;&#039;&#039; (a &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; press). This &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; event is also sent for a static closure after a timeout, making it perfect for sustained button presses. The Buttons App can handle all these event types, individually or in combination, giving you immense flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In safety circuits, contacts are typically normally closed and open in the event of an alarm. This design ensures that a broken wire will also trigger a detection, enhancing safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Shelly and the Buttons App can be used with circuits featuring:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally open contacts that close and remain closed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally closed contacts that open and remain open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Momentary contacts that close or open (like a push-button).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All transitions, meaning the change from one state to another, will be signaled and can be utilized for various actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a Shelly device restarts, its current status is immediately reported to the Buttons App. Should the contact state change during a restart or while the device is powered off, this new state will be transmitted to the Buttons App, which will then react accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mounting===&lt;br /&gt;
For their &amp;quot;home&amp;quot; models, which are designed for installation in standard electrical boxes (typically for light switches), Shelly offers a DIN rail adapter. This allows for easy mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh04.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adapter features an opening on the back, allowing access to the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Keep in min&#039;&#039;&#039;d: You can only press this button if no other devices are installed close by on the DIN rail. The adapter can be mounted 180 degrees, making the reset button accessible from either the right or left side. Once configured, you typically won&#039;t need to use the physical reset button, as a reset can also be performed via the app or web interface if the device is reachable by IP. After a restart, the device&#039;s status is also refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, &#039;&#039;&#039;Pro models&#039;&#039;&#039; are designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting and have their reset button conveniently located on the front, accessible even with the cover closed. They also offer options to customize the behavior of the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh05.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s a refined and improved English version of the entire text you provided, covering initial setup, connection details, and specific Shelly models, along with debugging.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===First Steps with Shelly Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Shelly device is powered on, it starts up and is ready for use in approximately 5 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be accessed via Wi-Fi or Bluetooth. The &amp;quot;Pro&amp;quot; family of devices can also be reached via an Ethernet connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Some products are also accessible via USB dongles, but this is not covered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For initial configuration, you&#039;ll need to install the manufacturer&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Smart Control app&#039;&#039;&#039; on your smartphone. Afterward, you&#039;ll establish a Wi-Fi or Bluetooth connection between your smartphone and the Shelly device. For our application, Bluetooth is primarily used for the initial setup; subsequently, the device will connect to a local Wi-Fi network or, in the case of Pro models, your local area network (LAN).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and install the Shelly Smart Control application from your respective app store (Google Play or Apple App Store): &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh06.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t already have one, create a Shelly account (it is free).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll be prompted to set up the parameters for your local Wi-Fi network, which the device will then connect to. To make the device discoverable by your smartphone, press the reset button on the Shelly device for 10 seconds. Follow the app&#039;s instructions to add the device to your list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: A device initially registers with the Shelly manufacturer&#039;s platform, where its serial number is apparently stored. Once a device has been registered to one account, it &#039;&#039;&#039;cannot be registered to another account&#039;&#039;&#039;, even after a factory reset of the Shelly. If a device is registered to your account, no one else can use it unless you first delete it from your account. This is presumed to be a security feature designed to protect a specific device from unauthorized use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly ecosystem, the &#039;&#039;&#039;serial number and MAC address are the same&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each Shelly device will register with its unique address to the Buttons App. If a device has multiple inputs or outputs, it will still have a single address, and the interface number will be contained within the message itself, even if they appear as distinct devices in the Shelly App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Initial Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
After adding your Shelly devices to your application, you can access the individual installed models. The example below shows the page for a Shelly i4, which offers four inputs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh07.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, you can observe the opening and closing of contacts directly in the app; the display shows the status changes in real time. In the example above, contacts (inputs) 2 and 3 are closed, while contacts 1 and 4 are open. This test is convenient for verifying inputs but is not strictly necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on any of the Shelly devices opens its configuration page. Here, you&#039;ll find the IP address at which the device is accessible via a web browser: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh08.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Access now the device via your browser, select &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Firmware&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh09.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update the Shelly to the current stable firmware version. After the required restart, return to the home page and select an input, for example, &amp;quot;Input(0),&amp;quot; and then &amp;quot;Input/Output settings&amp;quot;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh10.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Plus or i4 model&#039;&#039;&#039;, select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; (the default setting is &amp;quot;Switch&amp;quot;). Repeat this setting for all inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Pro model, this setting is different and described in its dedicated section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Connecting Shelly and the Buttons App===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices must register with the Buttons App to send status messages. Therefore, each Shelly device needs to be configured with the destination path to the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This path is configured on the Shelly in the menu &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Outbound websocket&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh11.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Enable,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;Connection Type,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;TLS no validation.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path is configured in the &amp;quot;Server:&amp;quot; field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format is: “&#039;&#039;&#039;wss:// + destination + /shelly&#039;&#039;&#039;”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s how to securely and easily determine the &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open the PBX advanced interface (devices) and then the &amp;quot;PBX&amp;quot; page. In the &amp;quot;DNS&amp;quot; field, you&#039;ll find the name of your PBX: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh12.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make a note of this name, as it&#039;s the first part of your destination. Now, open the Application Platform and select the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: If the Buttons App isn&#039;t installed, now is the time to install it on your Application Platform:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh13.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot; will reveal the Webserver path:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh14.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the path ends with &amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The complete path to enter into the Shelly will be composed of these two names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if your PBX DNS is &amp;quot;testpbx.com&amp;quot; and the Buttons App Webserver path is &amp;quot;butt.mypbx.com/button,&amp;quot; the complete destination path to set in the Shelly will be:&lt;br /&gt;
“wss://testpbx.com/butt.mypbx.com/buttons/shelly”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once correctly configured and put in the Server input field, the Shelly device will be registered with the Buttons App and start sending messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify registration, open the Buttons Admin App:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh15.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the &amp;quot;Connected devices&amp;quot; button will display the name and serial number of the connected and registered Shelly devices:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh16.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, three Shelly devices (Plus 1, Pro 2, and i4) are connected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen also shows the Shelly&#039;s serial number, which you&#039;ll need later to set up the Buttons App. You can also find the Shelly serial number on the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Wifi&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh17.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cautio&#039;&#039;&#039;n: The address shown in the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Bluetooth&amp;quot; menu is different and will not be used by the Buttons App. For the Shelly Pro, the serial number is visible on the &amp;quot;Ethernet&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh18.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can copy and paste the serial number into the Buttons App even with colons; they will be automatically discarded by the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can also retrieve the serial numbers directly from the logging, as explained in the relevant section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly i4 (3rd Generation) ==&lt;br /&gt;
This model features 4 digital inputs (ON/OFF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh19.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly App, you&#039;ll see 4 &amp;quot;devices&amp;quot; (which is actually just one physical device), and each contact will be treated as if it were a single device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly i4 Gen3 has 4 inputs (from port 0 to port 3, corresponding to SW1 to SW4), and all messages will be sent with the same serial number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Shelly i4 port to the Buttons App, press &amp;quot;Add Device,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;New Device,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; as the type, and enter the serial number followed by a hyphen &amp;quot;-&amp;quot; and the port number:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh20.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, we&#039;ve created the connection with the first port (SW1); the second port (SW2) will be device e4b063d6a588-1, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Plus 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Plus 1 has one input and one output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh21.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Shelly i4, the input port should be indicated with &amp;quot;-0&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh22.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, the serial number for the Shelly Plus 1 is 78ee4ccf5930.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Pro 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Pro differentiates itself from other Shelly devices as it&#039;s designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh25.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
It also features a LAN port, allowing it to connect to an Ethernet network even without Wi-Fi or Bluetooth (though both are onboard). It doesn&#039;t require an internet connection, but it can be useful for initial setup and firmware updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has two inputs and two outputs, all designed exclusively for 220V circuits (110-240 VAC 50/60 Hz).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s configured similarly to the other Shelly devices described above, but with the key difference that triggering by the Buttons App occurs on the &#039;&#039;&#039;outputs&#039;&#039;&#039;. The Buttons App therefore reacts to changes in the state of the outputs, regardless of whether they are switched via the web or other settings. If you want to transmit the state of the inputs (as in the case of the other Shelly models described), you&#039;ll need to configure the Shelly Pro 2 for its outputs to follow the state of its inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s an example of this setting, where the input port (input 0) controls the output port (output 0): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh23.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that in the setup above, even after a restart, the output will follow the current state of the input (which is usually the desired behavior).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you&#039;ve set the Ethernet parameters (Client, Server, and Static IP modes are available), you can disable Wi-Fi settings, cloud settings, and &amp;quot;Access Point&amp;quot; mode (which also disables &amp;quot;Range extender&amp;quot; mode).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: With Wi-Fi disabled, you will no longer be able to access the Shelly Pro 2 from the Shelly App. However, the application remembers the settings you configured before disabling Wi-Fi access. This can be helpful if, for example, you want to check the IP address (unless it has been changed via LAN access).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Debugging ==&lt;br /&gt;
Traffic between the Shelly and the Buttons App (once registered) can be monitored in the Buttons App&#039;s Log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Application Platform (where you retrieved the path before), clear the Log, perform a contact closure or opening operation, and then select &amp;quot;Display&amp;quot; from the dropdown menu. A new page will open in your browser:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh24.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, you can see that the Shelly Device model &amp;quot;shellypro2&amp;quot; with serial number &amp;quot;ec626091d3f4&amp;quot; is sending a detected change on input and output &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; and activating &amp;quot;Trigger Switch 6,&amp;quot; which sets user &#039;kwa&#039;s presence to &amp;quot;busy.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Changing the presence status is the simplest way to verify proper functionality and requires no additional setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77356</id>
		<title>Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the innovaphone Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77356"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T13:54:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;DRAFT&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly, a European (Bulgarian) manufacturer, offers a wide range of Internet of Things (IoT) sensors and actuators. This article will guide you through setting up and using Shelly digital inputs (contacts) to interact seamlessly with the innovaphone Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possibilities are truly endless! Imagine triggering a phone call when a door contact closes, sending an instant message, initiating time tracking, or even setting up complex conditional actions. That&#039;s because the innovaphone Buttons App allows you to assign a series of parallel actions to any specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this document, we&#039;ll walk you through every step of integrating your Shelly devices with the Buttons App. It&#039;s surprisingly straightforward - let&#039;s get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
•	myApps V15r3 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Buttons App V15r4 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tests with Shelly devices were conducted using Shelly firmware version 1.6.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: enter keywords, foreign translations and/or synoyms not appearing in the article here for better search results --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides a straightforward explanation of the basic concepts needed to integrate &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly devices&#039;&#039;&#039; with the &#039;&#039;&#039;innovaphone Buttons Ap&#039;&#039;&#039;p.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: We are not Shelly specialists. For detailed information, consult the manufacturer&#039;s documentation, as well as the many forums and videos available online on this topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide, we will specifically cover the integration of digital inputs (contacts) for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly i4&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Plus1&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Pro2&#039;&#039;&#039; models.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While motion sensors and the Shelly USB dongle can also be integrated, they are not covered in this article. However, as Shelly products share similar characteristics, you&#039;ll likely find useful insights applicable to other models as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Shelly device comes with its own mounting instructions; here, we will only briefly touch upon a few key details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;&#039;&#039;t is crucial to read and strictly adhere to all safety guidelines.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These devices are typically powered by hazardous voltages (usually 220V in Europe). Installing a residual current device (RCD), also known as a ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) in some regions, upstream in the electrical circuit is highly recommended and, in some countries, legally required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons App is an innovaphone application that lets you link specific input events to various output actions. Examples of input events include calls, function keys on innovaphone IP phones, and other applications, as well as the messages received from Shelly devices. Output actions can be calls, notifications, chats, messages, or applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a comprehensive description of the Buttons App itself and a complete list of supported input and output devices, refer to the concept article (link at the end of this document).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Electrical Connections===&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly models discussed in this article are powered by 110 to 240 Volt AC, 50/60 Hz. Please be aware that these voltages are hazardous. Never work on electrical networks without a residual current device (RCD/GFCI) installed. Before mounting or connecting any device, ensure that all wires (not just the live wire, but also the neutral) are disconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some models can also be powered by 12V or 24-48V DC. We have not tested this setup and will not describe it in this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third-generation Shelly devices feature polarity protection on the AC side. This means the Shelly will function correctly even if the live (L) and neutral (N) wires are inverted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: In networks with delta connections, both wires carry voltage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For intrinsic safety reasons, it&#039;s often common practice to switch the neutral wire, which typically carries no voltage during normal operation. The drawback of this approach is that troubleshooting a potential interruption becomes more difficult (whereas with the live wire, a simple voltage tester suffices to follow the line). Both wiring variants are functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Shelly devices typically have the wiring diagram silk-screened directly on them, as shown in this example for the Shelly i4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh01.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It represents the connections to the outside world, not the internal operation of the device, as further highlighted in the instructions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh02.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: As per the diagram, the Live (L) phase is connected to the output towards the contacts. If installed within the same electrical network, it&#039;s also possible to power the inputs directly from the live phase, rather than using the Shelly&#039;s output. However, in this case, ensure the polarity matches the diagram (L and N as shown). If inverted, you&#039;ll need to switch the neutral.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: On Shelly Pro devices, the silk-screened diagram corresponds exactly to what&#039;s detailed in the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh03.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Contacts===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices are incredibly versatile, reacting to both the &#039;&#039;&#039;closing and opening&#039;&#039;&#039; of a contact. What&#039;s more, they send messages for various interactions like a quick &#039;&#039;&#039;click&#039;&#039;&#039; (fast open-close), &#039;&#039;&#039;double-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;triple-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, and even a &#039;&#039;&#039;prolonged closure&#039;&#039;&#039; (a &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; press). This &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; event is also sent for a static closure after a timeout, making it perfect for sustained button presses. The Buttons App can handle all these event types, individually or in combination, giving you immense flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In safety circuits, contacts are typically normally closed and open in the event of an alarm. This design ensures that a broken wire will also trigger a detection, enhancing safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Shelly and the Buttons App can be used with circuits featuring:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally open contacts that close and remain closed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally closed contacts that open and remain open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Momentary contacts that close or open (like a push-button).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All transitions, meaning the change from one state to another, will be signaled and can be utilized for various actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a Shelly device restarts, its current status is immediately reported to the Buttons App. Should the contact state change during a restart or while the device is powered off, this new state will be transmitted to the Buttons App, which will then react accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mounting===&lt;br /&gt;
For their &amp;quot;home&amp;quot; models, which are designed for installation in standard electrical boxes (typically for light switches), Shelly offers a DIN rail adapter. This allows for easy mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh04.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adapter features an opening on the back, allowing access to the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Keep in min&#039;&#039;&#039;d: You can only press this button if no other devices are installed close by on the DIN rail. The adapter can be mounted 180 degrees, making the reset button accessible from either the right or left side. Once configured, you typically won&#039;t need to use the physical reset button, as a reset can also be performed via the app or web interface if the device is reachable by IP. After a restart, the device&#039;s status is also refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, &#039;&#039;&#039;Pro models&#039;&#039;&#039; are designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting and have their reset button conveniently located on the front, accessible even with the cover closed. They also offer options to customize the behavior of the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh05.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s a refined and improved English version of the entire text you provided, covering initial setup, connection details, and specific Shelly models, along with debugging.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===First Steps with Shelly Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Shelly device is powered on, it starts up and is ready for use in approximately 5 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be accessed via Wi-Fi or Bluetooth. The &amp;quot;Pro&amp;quot; family of devices can also be reached via an Ethernet connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Some products are also accessible via USB dongles, but this is not covered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For initial configuration, you&#039;ll need to install the manufacturer&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Smart Control app&#039;&#039;&#039; on your smartphone. Afterward, you&#039;ll establish a Wi-Fi or Bluetooth connection between your smartphone and the Shelly device. For our application, Bluetooth is primarily used for the initial setup; subsequently, the device will connect to a local Wi-Fi network or, in the case of Pro models, your local area network (LAN).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and install the Shelly Smart Control application from your respective app store (Google Play or Apple App Store): &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh06.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t already have one, create a Shelly account (it is free).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll be prompted to set up the parameters for your local Wi-Fi network, which the device will then connect to. To make the device discoverable by your smartphone, press the reset button on the Shelly device for 10 seconds. Follow the app&#039;s instructions to add the device to your list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: A device initially registers with the Shelly manufacturer&#039;s platform, where its serial number is apparently stored. Once a device has been registered to one account, it &#039;&#039;&#039;cannot be registered to another account&#039;&#039;&#039;, even after a factory reset of the Shelly. If a device is registered to your account, no one else can use it unless you first delete it from your account. This is presumed to be a security feature designed to protect a specific device from unauthorized use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly ecosystem, the &#039;&#039;&#039;serial number and MAC address are the same&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each Shelly device will register with its unique address to the Buttons App. If a device has multiple inputs or outputs, it will still have a single address, and the interface number will be contained within the message itself, even if they appear as distinct devices in the Shelly App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Initial Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
After adding your Shelly devices to your application, you can access the individual installed models. The example below shows the page for a Shelly i4, which offers four inputs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh07.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, you can observe the opening and closing of contacts directly in the app; the display shows the status changes in real time. In the example above, contacts (inputs) 2 and 3 are closed, while contacts 1 and 4 are open. This test is convenient for verifying inputs but is not strictly necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on any of the Shelly devices opens its configuration page. Here, you&#039;ll find the IP address at which the device is accessible via a web browser: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh08.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Access now the device via your browser, select &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Firmware&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh09.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update the Shelly to the current stable firmware version. After the required restart, return to the home page and select an input, for example, &amp;quot;Input(0),&amp;quot; and then &amp;quot;Input/Output settings&amp;quot;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh10.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Plus or i4 model&#039;&#039;&#039;, select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; (the default setting is &amp;quot;Switch&amp;quot;). Repeat this setting for all inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Pro model, this setting is different and described in its dedicated section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Connecting Shelly and the Buttons App===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices must register with the Buttons App to send status messages. Therefore, each Shelly device needs to be configured with the destination path to the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This path is configured on the Shelly in the menu &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Outbound websocket&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh11.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Enable,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;Connection Type,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;TLS no validation.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path is configured in the &amp;quot;Server:&amp;quot; field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format is: “&#039;&#039;&#039;wss:// + destination + /shelly&#039;&#039;&#039;”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s how to securely and easily determine the &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open the PBX advanced interface (devices) and then the &amp;quot;PBX&amp;quot; page. In the &amp;quot;DNS&amp;quot; field, you&#039;ll find the name of your PBX: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh12.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make a note of this name, as it&#039;s the first part of your destination. Now, open the Application Platform and select the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: If the Buttons App isn&#039;t installed, now is the time to install it on your Application Platform:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh13.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot; will reveal the Webserver path:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh14.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the path ends with &amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The complete path to enter into the Shelly will be composed of these two names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if your PBX DNS is &amp;quot;testpbx.com&amp;quot; and the Buttons App Webserver path is &amp;quot;butt.mypbx.com/button,&amp;quot; the complete destination path to set in the Shelly will be:&lt;br /&gt;
“wss://testpbx.com/butt.mypbx.com/buttons/shelly”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once correctly configured and put in the Server input field, the Shelly device will be registered with the Buttons App and start sending messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify registration, open the Buttons Admin App:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh15.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the &amp;quot;Connected devices&amp;quot; button will display the name and serial number of the connected and registered Shelly devices:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh16.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, three Shelly devices (Plus 1, Pro 2, and i4) are connected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen also shows the Shelly&#039;s serial number, which you&#039;ll need later to set up the Buttons App. You can also find the Shelly serial number on the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Wifi&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh17.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cautio&#039;&#039;&#039;n: The address shown in the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Bluetooth&amp;quot; menu is different and will not be used by the Buttons App. For the Shelly Pro, the serial number is visible on the &amp;quot;Ethernet&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh18.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can copy and paste the serial number into the Buttons App even with colons; they will be automatically discarded by the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can also retrieve the serial numbers directly from the logging, as explained in the relevant section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly i4 (3rd Generation) ==&lt;br /&gt;
This model features 4 digital inputs (ON/OFF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh19.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly App, you&#039;ll see 4 &amp;quot;devices&amp;quot; (which is actually just one physical device), and each contact will be treated as if it were a single device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly i4 Gen3 has 4 inputs (from port 0 to port 3, corresponding to SW1 to SW4), and all messages will be sent with the same serial number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Shelly i4 port to the Buttons App, press &amp;quot;Add Device,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;New Device,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; as the type, and enter the serial number followed by a hyphen &amp;quot;-&amp;quot; and the port number:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh20.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, we&#039;ve created the connection with the first port (SW1); the second port (SW2) will be device e4b063d6a588-1, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Plus 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Plus 1 has one input and one output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh21.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to the Shelly i4, the input port should be indicated with &amp;quot;-0&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh22.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, the serial number for the Shelly Plus 1 is 78ee4ccf5930.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shelly Pro 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly Pro differentiates itself from other Shelly devices as it&#039;s designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh25.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
It also features a LAN port, allowing it to connect to an Ethernet network even without Wi-Fi or Bluetooth (though both are onboard). It doesn&#039;t require an internet connection, but it can be useful for initial setup and firmware updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has two inputs and two outputs, all designed exclusively for 220V circuits (110-240 VAC 50/60 Hz).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s configured similarly to the other Shelly devices described above, but with the key difference that triggering by the Buttons App occurs on the &#039;&#039;&#039;outputs&#039;&#039;&#039;. The Buttons App therefore reacts to changes in the state of the outputs, regardless of whether they are switched via the web or other settings. If you want to transmit the state of the inputs (as in the case of the other Shelly models described), you&#039;ll need to configure the Shelly Pro 2 for its outputs to follow the state of its inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s an example of this setting, where the input port (input 0) controls the output port (output 0): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh23.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that in the setup above, even after a restart, the output will follow the current state of the input (which is usually the desired behavior).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you&#039;ve set the Ethernet parameters (Client, Server, and Static IP modes are available), you can disable Wi-Fi settings, cloud settings, and &amp;quot;Access Point&amp;quot; mode (which also disables &amp;quot;Range extender&amp;quot; mode).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: With Wi-Fi disabled, you will no longer be able to access the Shelly Pro 2 from the Shelly App. However, the application remembers the settings you configured before disabling Wi-Fi access. This can be helpful if, for example, you want to check the IP address (unless it has been changed via LAN access).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Debugging ==&lt;br /&gt;
Traffic between the Shelly and the Buttons App (once registered) can be monitored in the Buttons App&#039;s Log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Application Platform (where you retrieved the path before), clear the Log, perform a contact closure or opening operation, and then select &amp;quot;Display&amp;quot; from the dropdown menu. A new page will open in your browser:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh24.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, you can see that the Shelly Device model &amp;quot;shellypro2&amp;quot; with serial number &amp;quot;ec626091d3f4&amp;quot; is sending a detected change on input and output &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; and activating &amp;quot;Trigger Switch 6,&amp;quot; which sets user &#039;kwa&#039;s presence to &amp;quot;busy.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Changing the presence status is the simplest way to verify proper functionality and requires no additional setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77355</id>
		<title>Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the innovaphone Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77355"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T13:46:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;DRAFT&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly, a European (Bulgarian) manufacturer, offers a wide range of Internet of Things (IoT) sensors and actuators. This article will guide you through setting up and using Shelly digital inputs (contacts) to interact seamlessly with the innovaphone Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possibilities are truly endless! Imagine triggering a phone call when a door contact closes, sending an instant message, initiating time tracking, or even setting up complex conditional actions. That&#039;s because the innovaphone Buttons App allows you to assign a series of parallel actions to any specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this document, we&#039;ll walk you through every step of integrating your Shelly devices with the Buttons App. It&#039;s surprisingly straightforward - let&#039;s get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
•	myApps V15r3 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Buttons App V15r4 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tests with Shelly devices were conducted using Shelly firmware version 1.6.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: enter keywords, foreign translations and/or synoyms not appearing in the article here for better search results --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides a straightforward explanation of the basic concepts needed to integrate &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly devices&#039;&#039;&#039; with the &#039;&#039;&#039;innovaphone Buttons Ap&#039;&#039;&#039;p.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: We are not Shelly specialists. For detailed information, consult the manufacturer&#039;s documentation, as well as the many forums and videos available online on this topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide, we will specifically cover the integration of digital inputs (contacts) for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly i4&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Plus1&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Pro2&#039;&#039;&#039; models.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While motion sensors and the Shelly USB dongle can also be integrated, they are not covered in this article. However, as Shelly products share similar characteristics, you&#039;ll likely find useful insights applicable to other models as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Shelly device comes with its own mounting instructions; here, we will only briefly touch upon a few key details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;&#039;&#039;t is crucial to read and strictly adhere to all safety guidelines.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These devices are typically powered by hazardous voltages (usually 220V in Europe). Installing a residual current device (RCD), also known as a ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) in some regions, upstream in the electrical circuit is highly recommended and, in some countries, legally required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons App is an innovaphone application that lets you link specific input events to various output actions. Examples of input events include calls, function keys on innovaphone IP phones, and other applications, as well as the messages received from Shelly devices. Output actions can be calls, notifications, chats, messages, or applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a comprehensive description of the Buttons App itself and a complete list of supported input and output devices, refer to the concept article (link at the end of this document).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Electrical Connections===&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly models discussed in this article are powered by 110 to 240 Volt AC, 50/60 Hz. Please be aware that these voltages are hazardous. Never work on electrical networks without a residual current device (RCD/GFCI) installed. Before mounting or connecting any device, ensure that all wires (not just the live wire, but also the neutral) are disconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some models can also be powered by 12V or 24-48V DC. We have not tested this setup and will not describe it in this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third-generation Shelly devices feature polarity protection on the AC side. This means the Shelly will function correctly even if the live (L) and neutral (N) wires are inverted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: In networks with delta connections, both wires carry voltage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For intrinsic safety reasons, it&#039;s often common practice to switch the neutral wire, which typically carries no voltage during normal operation. The drawback of this approach is that troubleshooting a potential interruption becomes more difficult (whereas with the live wire, a simple voltage tester suffices to follow the line). Both wiring variants are functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Shelly devices typically have the wiring diagram silk-screened directly on them, as shown in this example for the Shelly i4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh01.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It represents the connections to the outside world, not the internal operation of the device, as further highlighted in the instructions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh02.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: As per the diagram, the Live (L) phase is connected to the output towards the contacts. If installed within the same electrical network, it&#039;s also possible to power the inputs directly from the live phase, rather than using the Shelly&#039;s output. However, in this case, ensure the polarity matches the diagram (L and N as shown). If inverted, you&#039;ll need to switch the neutral.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: On Shelly Pro devices, the silk-screened diagram corresponds exactly to what&#039;s detailed in the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh03.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Contacts===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices are incredibly versatile, reacting to both the &#039;&#039;&#039;closing and opening&#039;&#039;&#039; of a contact. What&#039;s more, they send messages for various interactions like a quick &#039;&#039;&#039;click&#039;&#039;&#039; (fast open-close), &#039;&#039;&#039;double-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;triple-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, and even a &#039;&#039;&#039;prolonged closure&#039;&#039;&#039; (a &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; press). This &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; event is also sent for a static closure after a timeout, making it perfect for sustained button presses. The Buttons App can handle all these event types, individually or in combination, giving you immense flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In safety circuits, contacts are typically normally closed and open in the event of an alarm. This design ensures that a broken wire will also trigger a detection, enhancing safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Shelly and the Buttons App can be used with circuits featuring:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally open contacts that close and remain closed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally closed contacts that open and remain open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Momentary contacts that close or open (like a push-button).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All transitions, meaning the change from one state to another, will be signaled and can be utilized for various actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a Shelly device restarts, its current status is immediately reported to the Buttons App. Should the contact state change during a restart or while the device is powered off, this new state will be transmitted to the Buttons App, which will then react accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mounting===&lt;br /&gt;
For their &amp;quot;home&amp;quot; models, which are designed for installation in standard electrical boxes (typically for light switches), Shelly offers a DIN rail adapter. This allows for easy mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh04.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adapter features an opening on the back, allowing access to the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Keep in min&#039;&#039;&#039;d: You can only press this button if no other devices are installed close by on the DIN rail. The adapter can be mounted 180 degrees, making the reset button accessible from either the right or left side. Once configured, you typically won&#039;t need to use the physical reset button, as a reset can also be performed via the app or web interface if the device is reachable by IP. After a restart, the device&#039;s status is also refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, &#039;&#039;&#039;Pro models&#039;&#039;&#039; are designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting and have their reset button conveniently located on the front, accessible even with the cover closed. They also offer options to customize the behavior of the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh05.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s a refined and improved English version of the entire text you provided, covering initial setup, connection details, and specific Shelly models, along with debugging.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===First Steps with Shelly Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Shelly device is powered on, it starts up and is ready for use in approximately 5 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices can be accessed via Wi-Fi or Bluetooth. The &amp;quot;Pro&amp;quot; family of devices can also be reached via an Ethernet connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Some products are also accessible via USB dongles, but this is not covered here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For initial configuration, you&#039;ll need to install the manufacturer&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Smart Control app&#039;&#039;&#039; on your smartphone. Afterward, you&#039;ll establish a Wi-Fi or Bluetooth connection between your smartphone and the Shelly device. For our application, Bluetooth is primarily used for the initial setup; subsequently, the device will connect to a local Wi-Fi network or, in the case of Pro models, your local area network (LAN).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and install the Shelly Smart Control application from your respective app store (Google Play or Apple App Store): &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh06.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t already have one, create a Shelly account (it is free).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll be prompted to set up the parameters for your local Wi-Fi network, which the device will then connect to. To make the device discoverable by your smartphone, press the reset button on the Shelly device for 10 seconds. Follow the app&#039;s instructions to add the device to your list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: A device initially registers with the Shelly manufacturer&#039;s platform, where its serial number is apparently stored. Once a device has been registered to one account, it &#039;&#039;&#039;cannot be registered to another account&#039;&#039;&#039;, even after a factory reset of the Shelly. If a device is registered to your account, no one else can use it unless you first delete it from your account. This is presumed to be a security feature designed to protect a specific device from unauthorized use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Shelly ecosystem, the &#039;&#039;&#039;serial number and MAC address are the same&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each Shelly device will register with its unique address to the Buttons App. If a device has multiple inputs or outputs, it will still have a single address, and the interface number will be contained within the message itself, even if they appear as distinct devices in the Shelly App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Initial Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
After adding your Shelly devices to your application, you can access the individual installed models. The example below shows the page for a Shelly i4, which offers four inputs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh07.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, you can observe the opening and closing of contacts directly in the app; the display shows the status changes in real time. In the example above, contacts (inputs) 2 and 3 are closed, while contacts 1 and 4 are open. This test is convenient for verifying inputs but is not strictly necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on any of the Shelly devices opens its configuration page. Here, you&#039;ll find the IP address at which the device is accessible via a web browser: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh08.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Access now the device via your browser, select &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Firmware&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh09.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update the Shelly to the current stable firmware version. After the required restart, return to the home page and select an input, for example, &amp;quot;Input(0),&amp;quot; and then &amp;quot;Input/Output settings&amp;quot;: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh10.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Plus or i4 model&#039;&#039;&#039;, select &amp;quot;Button&amp;quot; (the default setting is &amp;quot;Switch&amp;quot;). Repeat this setting for all inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Pro model, this setting is different and described in its dedicated section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Connecting Shelly and the Buttons App===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices must register with the Buttons App to send status messages. Therefore, each Shelly device needs to be configured with the destination path to the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This path is configured on the Shelly in the menu &amp;quot;Settings,&amp;quot; then &amp;quot;Outbound websocket&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh11.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Enable,&amp;quot; then under &amp;quot;Connection Type,&amp;quot; select &amp;quot;TLS no validation.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The path is configured in the &amp;quot;Server:&amp;quot; field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format is: “&#039;&#039;&#039;wss:// + destination + /shelly&#039;&#039;&#039;”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s how to securely and easily determine the &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open the PBX advanced interface (devices) and then the &amp;quot;PBX&amp;quot; page. In the &amp;quot;DNS&amp;quot; field, you&#039;ll find the name of your PBX: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh12.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make a note of this name, as it&#039;s the first part of your destination. Now, open the Application Platform and select the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: If the Buttons App isn&#039;t installed, now is the time to install it on your Application Platform:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh13.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on &amp;quot;Buttons&amp;quot; will reveal the Webserver path:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh14.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the path ends with &amp;quot;buttons&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The complete path to enter into the Shelly will be composed of these two names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if your PBX DNS is &amp;quot;testpbx.com&amp;quot; and the Buttons App Webserver path is &amp;quot;butt.mypbx.com/button,&amp;quot; the complete destination path to set in the Shelly will be:&lt;br /&gt;
“wss://testpbx.com/butt.mypbx.com/buttons/shelly”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once correctly configured and put in the Server input field, the Shelly device will be registered with the Buttons App and start sending messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify registration, open the Buttons Admin App:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh15.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the &amp;quot;Connected devices&amp;quot; button will display the name and serial number of the connected and registered Shelly devices:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh16.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, three Shelly devices (Plus 1, Pro 2, and i4) are connected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen also shows the Shelly&#039;s serial number, which you&#039;ll need later to set up the Buttons App. You can also find the Shelly serial number on the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Wifi&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh17.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cautio&#039;&#039;&#039;n: The address shown in the Shelly&#039;s &amp;quot;Bluetooth&amp;quot; menu is different and will not be used by the Buttons App. For the Shelly Pro, the serial number is visible on the &amp;quot;Ethernet&amp;quot; page:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh18.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can copy and paste the serial number into the Buttons App even with colons; they will be automatically discarded by the Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: You can also retrieve the serial numbers directly from the logging, as explained in the relevant section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh10.png&amp;diff=77354</id>
		<title>File:Sh10.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh10.png&amp;diff=77354"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T13:40:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77353</id>
		<title>Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the innovaphone Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77353"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T13:31:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;DRAFT&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly, a European (Bulgarian) manufacturer, offers a wide range of Internet of Things (IoT) sensors and actuators. This article will guide you through setting up and using Shelly digital inputs (contacts) to interact seamlessly with the innovaphone Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possibilities are truly endless! Imagine triggering a phone call when a door contact closes, sending an instant message, initiating time tracking, or even setting up complex conditional actions. That&#039;s because the innovaphone Buttons App allows you to assign a series of parallel actions to any specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this document, we&#039;ll walk you through every step of integrating your Shelly devices with the Buttons App. It&#039;s surprisingly straightforward - let&#039;s get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
•	myApps V15r3 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Buttons App V15r4 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tests with Shelly devices were conducted using Shelly firmware version 1.6.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: enter keywords, foreign translations and/or synoyms not appearing in the article here for better search results --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides a straightforward explanation of the basic concepts needed to integrate &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly devices&#039;&#039;&#039; with the &#039;&#039;&#039;innovaphone Buttons Ap&#039;&#039;&#039;p.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: We are not Shelly specialists. For detailed information, consult the manufacturer&#039;s documentation, as well as the many forums and videos available online on this topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide, we will specifically cover the integration of digital inputs (contacts) for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly i4&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Plus1&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Pro2&#039;&#039;&#039; models.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While motion sensors and the Shelly USB dongle can also be integrated, they are not covered in this article. However, as Shelly products share similar characteristics, you&#039;ll likely find useful insights applicable to other models as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Shelly device comes with its own mounting instructions; here, we will only briefly touch upon a few key details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;&#039;&#039;t is crucial to read and strictly adhere to all safety guidelines.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These devices are typically powered by hazardous voltages (usually 220V in Europe). Installing a residual current device (RCD), also known as a ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) in some regions, upstream in the electrical circuit is highly recommended and, in some countries, legally required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Buttons App is an innovaphone application that lets you link specific input events to various output actions. Examples of input events include calls, function keys on innovaphone IP phones, and other applications, as well as the messages received from Shelly devices. Output actions can be calls, notifications, chats, messages, or applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a comprehensive description of the Buttons App itself and a complete list of supported input and output devices, refer to the concept article (link at the end of this document).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Electrical Connections===&lt;br /&gt;
The Shelly models discussed in this article are powered by 110 to 240 Volt AC, 50/60 Hz. Please be aware that these voltages are hazardous. Never work on electrical networks without a residual current device (RCD/GFCI) installed. Before mounting or connecting any device, ensure that all wires (not just the live wire, but also the neutral) are disconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some models can also be powered by 12V or 24-48V DC. We have not tested this setup and will not describe it in this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third-generation Shelly devices feature polarity protection on the AC side. This means the Shelly will function correctly even if the live (L) and neutral (N) wires are inverted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: In networks with delta connections, both wires carry voltage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For intrinsic safety reasons, it&#039;s often common practice to switch the neutral wire, which typically carries no voltage during normal operation. The drawback of this approach is that troubleshooting a potential interruption becomes more difficult (whereas with the live wire, a simple voltage tester suffices to follow the line). Both wiring variants are functional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: Shelly devices typically have the wiring diagram silk-screened directly on them, as shown in this example for the Shelly i4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh01.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It represents the connections to the outside world, not the internal operation of the device, as further highlighted in the instructions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh02.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: As per the diagram, the Live (L) phase is connected to the output towards the contacts. If installed within the same electrical network, it&#039;s also possible to power the inputs directly from the live phase, rather than using the Shelly&#039;s output. However, in this case, ensure the polarity matches the diagram (L and N as shown). If inverted, you&#039;ll need to switch the neutral.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: On Shelly Pro devices, the silk-screened diagram corresponds exactly to what&#039;s detailed in the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh03.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Contacts===&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly devices are incredibly versatile, reacting to both the &#039;&#039;&#039;closing and opening&#039;&#039;&#039; of a contact. What&#039;s more, they send messages for various interactions like a quick &#039;&#039;&#039;click&#039;&#039;&#039; (fast open-close), &#039;&#039;&#039;double-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;triple-click&#039;&#039;&#039;, and even a &#039;&#039;&#039;prolonged closure&#039;&#039;&#039; (a &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; press). This &amp;quot;Long&amp;quot; event is also sent for a static closure after a timeout, making it perfect for sustained button presses. The Buttons App can handle all these event types, individually or in combination, giving you immense flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In safety circuits, contacts are typically normally closed and open in the event of an alarm. This design ensures that a broken wire will also trigger a detection, enhancing safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Shelly and the Buttons App can be used with circuits featuring:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally open contacts that close and remain closed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Normally closed contacts that open and remain open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Momentary contacts that close or open (like a push-button).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All transitions, meaning the change from one state to another, will be signaled and can be utilized for various actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a Shelly device restarts, its current status is immediately reported to the Buttons App. Should the contact state change during a restart or while the device is powered off, this new state will be transmitted to the Buttons App, which will then react accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mounting===&lt;br /&gt;
For their &amp;quot;home&amp;quot; models, which are designed for installation in standard electrical boxes (typically for light switches), Shelly offers a DIN rail adapter. This allows for easy mounting in electrical cabinets:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh04.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adapter features an opening on the back, allowing access to the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Keep in min&#039;&#039;&#039;d: You can only press this button if no other devices are installed close by on the DIN rail. The adapter can be mounted 180 degrees, making the reset button accessible from either the right or left side. Once configured, you typically won&#039;t need to use the physical reset button, as a reset can also be performed via the app or web interface if the device is reachable by IP. After a restart, the device&#039;s status is also refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, &#039;&#039;&#039;Pro models&#039;&#039;&#039; are designed exclusively for DIN rail mounting and have their reset button conveniently located on the front, accessible even with the cover closed. They also offer options to customize the behavior of the reset button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sh05.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s a refined and improved English version of the entire text you provided, covering initial setup, connection details, and specific Shelly models, along with debugging.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
===Known Problems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference15r1:Concept_Buttons_App]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77352</id>
		<title>Howto:Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the innovaphone Buttons App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Integrating_Shelly_IoT_Devices_with_the_innovaphone_Buttons_App&amp;diff=77352"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T13:11:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DRAFT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;   Shelly, a European (Bulgarian) manufacturer, offers a wide range of Internet of Things (IoT) sensors and actuators. This article will guide you through setting up and using Shelly digital inputs (contacts) to interact seamlessly with the innovaphone Buttons App. The possibilities are truly endless! Imagine triggering a phone call when a door contact closes, sending an instant message, initiating time tracking, or even setting up complex conditional actions....&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;DRAFT&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shelly, a European (Bulgarian) manufacturer, offers a wide range of Internet of Things (IoT) sensors and actuators. This article will guide you through setting up and using Shelly digital inputs (contacts) to interact seamlessly with the innovaphone Buttons App.&lt;br /&gt;
The possibilities are truly endless! Imagine triggering a phone call when a door contact closes, sending an instant message, initiating time tracking, or even setting up complex conditional actions. That&#039;s because the innovaphone Buttons App allows you to assign a series of parallel actions to any specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
In this document, we&#039;ll walk you through every step of integrating your Shelly devices with the Buttons App. It&#039;s surprisingly straightforward - let&#039;s get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
•	myApps V15r3 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Buttons App V15r4 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Tests with Shelly devices were conducted using Shelly firmware version 1.6.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: enter keywords, foreign translations and/or synoyms not appearing in the article here for better search results --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
This article provides a straightforward explanation of the basic concepts needed to integrate &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly devices&#039;&#039;&#039; with the &#039;&#039;&#039;innovaphone Buttons Ap&#039;&#039;&#039;p.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: We are not Shelly specialists. For detailed information, consult the manufacturer&#039;s documentation, as well as the many forums and videos available online on this topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide, we will specifically cover the integration of digital inputs (contacts) for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly i4&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Plus1&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Shelly Pro2&#039;&#039;&#039; models.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While motion sensors and the Shelly USB dongle can also be integrated, they are not covered in this article. However, as Shelly products share similar characteristics, you&#039;ll likely find useful insights applicable to other models as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Shelly device comes with its own mounting instructions; here, we will only briefly touch upon a few key details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;&#039;&#039;t is crucial to read and strictly adhere to all safety guidelines.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These devices are typically powered by hazardous voltages (usually 220V in Europe). Installing a residual current device (RCD), also known as a ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) in some regions, upstream in the electrical circuit is highly recommended and, in some countries, legally required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Problem Details===&lt;br /&gt;
===System Requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation===&lt;br /&gt;
===Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
===Known Problems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{Integrating Shelly IoT Devices with the innovaphone Buttons App}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh25.png&amp;diff=77351</id>
		<title>File:Sh25.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh25.png&amp;diff=77351"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T13:01:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh24.png&amp;diff=77350</id>
		<title>File:Sh24.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh24.png&amp;diff=77350"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T13:01:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh23.png&amp;diff=77349</id>
		<title>File:Sh23.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh23.png&amp;diff=77349"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T13:00:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh22.png&amp;diff=77348</id>
		<title>File:Sh22.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh22.png&amp;diff=77348"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T13:00:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh21.png&amp;diff=77347</id>
		<title>File:Sh21.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh21.png&amp;diff=77347"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T13:00:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh20.png&amp;diff=77346</id>
		<title>File:Sh20.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh20.png&amp;diff=77346"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T13:00:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh19.png&amp;diff=77345</id>
		<title>File:Sh19.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh19.png&amp;diff=77345"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T13:00:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh18.png&amp;diff=77344</id>
		<title>File:Sh18.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh18.png&amp;diff=77344"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T13:00:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh17.png&amp;diff=77343</id>
		<title>File:Sh17.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh17.png&amp;diff=77343"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T12:59:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh16.png&amp;diff=77342</id>
		<title>File:Sh16.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh16.png&amp;diff=77342"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T12:59:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh15.png&amp;diff=77341</id>
		<title>File:Sh15.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh15.png&amp;diff=77341"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T12:59:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh14.png&amp;diff=77340</id>
		<title>File:Sh14.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh14.png&amp;diff=77340"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T12:59:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh13.png&amp;diff=77339</id>
		<title>File:Sh13.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh13.png&amp;diff=77339"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T12:58:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh12.png&amp;diff=77338</id>
		<title>File:Sh12.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh12.png&amp;diff=77338"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T12:58:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh11.png&amp;diff=77337</id>
		<title>File:Sh11.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh11.png&amp;diff=77337"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T12:58:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh09.png&amp;diff=77336</id>
		<title>File:Sh09.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh09.png&amp;diff=77336"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T12:57:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh08.png&amp;diff=77335</id>
		<title>File:Sh08.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh08.png&amp;diff=77335"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T12:57:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh07.png&amp;diff=77334</id>
		<title>File:Sh07.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh07.png&amp;diff=77334"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T12:57:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh06.png&amp;diff=77333</id>
		<title>File:Sh06.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh06.png&amp;diff=77333"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T12:57:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh05.png&amp;diff=77332</id>
		<title>File:Sh05.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh05.png&amp;diff=77332"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T12:57:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh04.png&amp;diff=77331</id>
		<title>File:Sh04.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh04.png&amp;diff=77331"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T12:56:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh03.png&amp;diff=77330</id>
		<title>File:Sh03.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh03.png&amp;diff=77330"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T12:55:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh02.png&amp;diff=77329</id>
		<title>File:Sh02.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh02.png&amp;diff=77329"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T12:55:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh01.png&amp;diff=77328</id>
		<title>File:Sh01.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Sh01.png&amp;diff=77328"/>
		<updated>2025-07-16T12:54:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r1:Concept_IP29-20&amp;diff=76868</id>
		<title>Reference13r1:Concept IP29-20</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r1:Concept_IP29-20&amp;diff=76868"/>
		<updated>2025-06-04T12:58:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: /* Patch-panel based connection */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept|IP29-20]]&lt;br /&gt;
=Applies To=&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone IP29-20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Overview =&lt;br /&gt;
innovaphone IP29-20 is an IP adapter for twenty analogue interfaces (FXS).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It includes 20 interface licenses upon delivery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Requirements =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Firmware 13r1sr11&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX with appropriate amount of Port&amp;lt;v&amp;gt; Licenses&lt;br /&gt;
* Power over Ethernet&#039;&#039;&#039;+&#039;&#039;&#039; supply according to IEEE 802.3at, Class 4 (&#039;&#039;&#039;PoE+&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* appropriate adapter cable - see below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Configuration =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Connection ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As different cabling concepts might be applied, innovaphone does not deliver any connection cables with the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Below mentioned 3rd-pty-products are subject to change and there might be alternative products of other manufacturers/resellers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Find below a list of possible connection concepts and their realisation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PinOUT ===&lt;br /&gt;
Built-in 8P8C connectors provide following pinout:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:RJ45-dn.gif|rj45-dn.gif/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
|Pin&lt;br /&gt;
|Function&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|RING-2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|TIP-2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|RING-3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|TIP-1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|RING-1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6&lt;br /&gt;
|TIP-3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7&lt;br /&gt;
|RING-4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|8&lt;br /&gt;
|TIP-4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
This pinout is especially designed for use with twisted-pair Ethernet patch cables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Direct terminal connection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of direct connection of analogue terminals by use of 2-wire-a/b-connectors RJ-11 / modular jack 6P2C, a special adapter has to be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This adapter has to distribute above mentioned IP29-20 pinout to four 6P2C connectors using the pinout below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:RJ11.gif|rj11.gif/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
|Pin&lt;br /&gt;
|Function&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|TIP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|RING&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next to own assembling, below listed are some 3rd-party-products (information is subject ot change):&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.logilink.org/Produkte_LogiLink/Passive_Netzwerkkomponenten/Telefonzubehoer/Modular_Adapter-4-Port.htm?seticlanguage=en LogiLink-Adapter]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.l-com.com/ethernet-tia568b-splitter-8x8-plug-4-6x2-jacks L-Com-Adapter]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ll_adapter_8p8c_6p2c.png|300px|ll_adapter_8p8c_6p2c.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Patch-panel based connection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of patch-panel based connection, used adapter cable depends on used patch panel:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* patch-panel with 8-wire-connectors (8P8C): use twisted-pair Ethernet patch cables&lt;br /&gt;
* patch-panel with 2-wire-connectors (8P2C): use of an adapter cable splitting up 8P8C to 4 x 8P2C.&lt;br /&gt;
:For the 2nd option, innovaphone offers a quadruple adapter cable, order-no. 03-00029-001. To connect all 5 interfaces of IP29-20, five of those adapters have to be used. Lenght: 180 cm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ip2920_adaptercable.png|ip2920_adaptercable.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Provisioning ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP29-20 is added to an existing V13-PBX-system by execution of V13-installer upon initial device startup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analogue extensions connected to IP29-20 are bound to the innovaphone PBX by use of the V13-device-provisioning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Within UserAdminAPP/RegisterPhones, unique provisioning code are generated for dedictated users.&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|At PBXManager/FXS-Plugin, IP29-20 device can be selected as FXS-adapter and offers 20 TEL-interfaces for configuration.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Previously generated provisioning codes can be assigned to each TEL-interface.&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:ip2920_provisioning_useradmin.png|ip2920_provisioning_useradmin.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:ip2920_provisioning_pbxmanager.png|ip2920_provisioning_pbxmanager.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If an appropriate number of Port&amp;lt;v&amp;gt; licenses is available in the corresponding innovaphone PBX,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the registration of analogue terminals to the selected users takes place immediately after the provisioning is confirmed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Restrictions =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In case of Class3-PoE power supply (&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;no PoE+&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;), the first eight FXS interfaces (1-8) are available within the device.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ip2920_poedisplay.png|ip2920_poedisplay.png/]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Related Articles =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference11r1:Interfaces/FXS/Physical]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Howto:Maximum wire length|Maximum wire length]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Dati_tecnici_IP65&amp;diff=73693</id>
		<title>Dati tecnici IP65</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Dati_tecnici_IP65&amp;diff=73693"/>
		<updated>2024-10-07T12:55:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: IP40 -&amp;gt; IP44&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{datasheet_header|innovaphone IP65|Portatile IP DECT con grande display a colori e Bluetooth}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;datasheets-mehrspaltig&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:IP65.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Box===&lt;br /&gt;
Dimensioni (L × B × H): 137 x 52 x 21.5 mm (senza clip)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peso: 135 g (senza Clip)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materiali: Box: PC; Tastiera: silicio duro; Clip: PA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Colore: nero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display: Dimensioni (B x H): 31 x 41 mm, TFT; A colori HD, colori individuali 262 K; 240 x 320 pixel LCD con retroilluminazione bianca LED&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clip: cerniera (standard) oppure orientabile&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Interfaccia utente===&lt;br /&gt;
Display: Display illuminato per la visualizzazione delle chiamate in entrata e dello stato della batteria&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vibracall: per chiamate in entrata&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tastiera: Chiavi illuminate; 3 tasti funzione; Tasto multifunzione; Risposta, svincolo/On/Off; Tasto di navigazione; Tastiera numerica; Impostazione volume + / - ; Suoneria on/off&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Batteria &amp;amp; carica===&lt;br /&gt;
Tipo: Polimeri di litio 3.7V 920 mAh&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tempo di conversazione: 20 ore in condizioni ottimali&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tempo di stand-by: 240 ore in condizioni ottimali&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tempo di carica: &amp;lt; 4 ore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cicli di scarica/carica: &amp;gt;=80% della capacità disponibile dopo 400 cicli completi di scarica/carica&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Interfacce===&lt;br /&gt;
Connessione USB multifunzione: Software Download, configurazione e carica batteria&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Connessione cuffia: Bluetooth e Standard 3.5 mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Audio===&lt;br /&gt;
*23 diverse suonerie, Differenziabili tra chiamate interne, esterne e richiamate; Volume impostabile in 8 diversi livelli&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume di ascolto: impostabile in 8 diversi livelli fino a 3dB&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume massimo suoneria: 88 dBA @ 10 cm&lt;br /&gt;
* Altoparlante: vivavoce&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lingue===&lt;br /&gt;
Lingue menu e messaggi: Danese, Tedesco, Inglese, Finnlandese, Francese, Greco, Italiano, Olandese, Norvegese, Polacco, Portoghese (Brasiliano), Russo, Sloveno, Spagnolo, Svedese, Ceco, Turco e Ungherese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rubriche===&lt;br /&gt;
* Centrale: Lunghezza max. nome: 40 caratteri; Lunghezza max. numero: 20 cifre; &lt;br /&gt;
* Aziendale: Voci max.: 1000; Lunghezza max. nome: 24 caratteri; Lunghezza max.numero: 24 cifre (un numero per nome)&lt;br /&gt;
* Locale: Voci max.: 250; Lunghezza max. nome: 24 caratteri; Lunghezza max. numero: 24 cifre (3 numeri per nome - ufficio, cellulare, altro)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Telefonia===&lt;br /&gt;
Segnalazione: 23 toni di suoneria, display retroilluminato e vibracall&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Risposta: con tasto o automatica&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lista chiamate: lista delle ultime 25 chiamate (risposte, selezionate, perse) con indicazione orario&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DECT===&lt;br /&gt;
GAP/CAP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Riconoscimento automatico protocollo DECT: riconoscimento e configurazione automatica per DECT-US e DECT-EU alla registrazione iniziale.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Frequenze:&lt;br /&gt;
* EU: 1880-1900 MHz&lt;br /&gt;
* US: 1920-1930 MHz&lt;br /&gt;
* LA: 1910-1930 MHz&lt;br /&gt;
* BR: 1910-1920 MHz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Frequenze Bluetooth: ISM 2.4000-2.4835 MHz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modulazione: GFSK&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Distanza canali: 1.728 MHz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Antenna: integrale&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sensibilità: -93 dBm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Potenza trasmissione dinamica: &lt;br /&gt;
* EU/LA/BR: 10 mW (potenza media massima)&lt;br /&gt;
* US: 4 mW (potenza media massima)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Condizioni di esercizio===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temperatura di esercizio: da 0°C a +40°C&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temperatura di stoccaggio: da -20°C a +60°C&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Temperatura di carico: +5°C a +40°C&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Classe di protezione: IP44, IEC EN60529&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resistenza ai campi irradiati: 3V/m EN61000-4-3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resistenza alle scariche elettrostatiche: 4 kV su contatto e 8 kV all&#039;aria aperta (EN61000-4-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Test di caduta libera:&lt;br /&gt;
*IEC 60068-2-32, Procedura 1, 12 volte da un metro di altezza&lt;br /&gt;
*IEC 60068-2-32, Procedura 2, 1000 volte da 0.5 metri di altezza&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Leistungsmerkmale IT - Lizenzen Telefone}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:CE-Decl_DECT|Conformità|vedi cheda informativa separata}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Numero d&#039;ordine Portatile: 50-00065-001===&lt;br /&gt;
===Numero d&#039;ordine Caricatore: 50-00060-001===&lt;br /&gt;
===Numero d&#039;ordine Caricatore programmazione: 50-00060-21===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Datasheet_footer|IT}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Dati tecnici Phones IT‏‎|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto14r2:Firmware_Upgrade_V14r1_V14r2&amp;diff=72952</id>
		<title>Howto14r2:Firmware Upgrade V14r1 V14r2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto14r2:Firmware_Upgrade_V14r1_V14r2&amp;diff=72952"/>
		<updated>2024-08-01T13:22:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Kwa: /* App Platform and Apps */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Applies To ==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All 14r2 capable innovaphone devices&lt;br /&gt;
: For a general overview of the upgrade process and a list of supported devices with 14r2, see [[Howto:Firmware Upgrade]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Licenses ==&lt;br /&gt;
In case of cloud or rental model, don&#039;t worry about licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the system is licensed on premise, and you already have V14 licenses, there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you&#039;ll need to regenerate the license file for V14 in https://portal.innovaphone.com/ and load into the system before upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Migration Policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here is how you upgrade a system to 14r1 from 14r2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== App Platform and Apps ===&lt;br /&gt;
14r2 Apps are no longer compatible with App Platform Images version 11xxxx or below due to a major update of the used OpenSSL library, as the old 1.1 version is deprecated.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* first update your Apps to the latest 14r1 version (this is important, don&#039;t skip this step!)&lt;br /&gt;
* upgrade your App Platform to version 12xxxx in the settings of your App Platform Manager via the Update option (open the AP Manager, Burger menu, Settings, update -&amp;gt; update to 12xxxx) and then carry out the restart offered in the update procedure&lt;br /&gt;
* upgrade your Apps to version 14r2 now&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Note that all previous versions of Apps will still run on App Platform version 12xxxx, just 14r2 Apps require this new image version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== App Platform replication ===&lt;br /&gt;
Sadly it&#039;s not possible to upgrade the App Platform on App Platform Standbys directly due to a major version change of the PostgreSQL database. So follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* follow the steps above to upgrade your &#039;&#039;&#039;primary&#039;&#039;&#039; server&lt;br /&gt;
* update the App Platform Manager and Webserver to the latest 14r1 version on each &#039;&#039;&#039;standby&#039;&#039;&#039; (this is important, don&#039;t skip this step!)&lt;br /&gt;
* disable replication on each &#039;&#039;&#039;standby&#039;&#039;&#039; completely &lt;br /&gt;
* upgrade your App Platform to version 12xxxx in the settings of your App Platform Manager on each &#039;&#039;&#039;standby&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* upgrade your Apps to version 14r2 now on each &#039;&#039;&#039;standby&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* activate standby replication on the &#039;&#039;&#039;standbys&#039;&#039;&#039; again now -&amp;gt; this will do a full replication again which might take some time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Alternativly you can install the standbys from scratch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Changes visible to the end customers ==&lt;br /&gt;
Listed here are changes that should be communicated by resellers to end users prior to a 14r2 upgrade, as the change will be visible/audible in the behaviour of the application/device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps accessibility&#039;&#039;&#039;: Several improvements in myApps accessibility like &#039;&#039;&#039;screen reader support&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;keyboard control&#039;&#039;&#039; [[Reference14r2:Concept_myApps#Accessibility]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Connect UI&#039;&#039;&#039;: Changes and improvements in the UI of the Connect app&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Cover Page&#039;&#039;&#039;: For outgoing FAX documents, a cover page with user content can be prepend&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manual steps needed after upgrade ==&lt;br /&gt;
If the installer is not used for a new installation, some new default settings are not set. Please evaluate per app whether you want to configure the new default settings manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calendar App ===&lt;br /&gt;
Microsoft Office 365 Exchange. Microsoft [https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/exchange-team-blog/retirement-of-rbac-application-impersonation-in-exchange-online/ba-p/4062671 Retirement of RBAC Application Impersonation in Exchange Online] . You have to change some configurations in the PBX Manager Plugin for the Calendar App. See [[Howto13r2:Setting up Calendar with OAuth2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Connect App / Search App ===&lt;br /&gt;
In order for the Search App to find Connect posts, you need to make sure to change the following things:&lt;br /&gt;
* PBX Manager plugin &amp;quot;AP messages&amp;quot; - &amp;quot;Api&amp;quot; - Make sure to enable &amp;quot;Config User&amp;quot; for the Messages API Object. (&#039;&#039;&#039;Not&#039;&#039;&#039; Administrators or Moderators)&lt;br /&gt;
* For the &amp;quot;Connect&amp;quot; PBX-Object &lt;br /&gt;
** In the &amp;quot;App&amp;quot;-Tab enable &amp;quot;PbxApi&amp;quot; (additionally to &amp;quot;Websocket&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;PbxSignal&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
** In the &amp;quot;Apps&amp;quot;-Tab enable &amp;quot;messages-api&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contacts App === &lt;br /&gt;
You have to enable the checkmark &amp;quot;Websocket&amp;quot; in the App Object. Otherwise you will not have new &amp;quot;Add Contacts&amp;quot; functions inside the PhoneApps&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Mail2Fax === &lt;br /&gt;
You can now enter mail server settings in the PBX Manager plugin for the fax app, to use the Mail2Fax feature. See [[Reference14r2:Concept_App_Service_Fax]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== New Apps ==&lt;br /&gt;
New Apps will not be installed automatically by the 14r1 to 14r2 upgrade. The installation description of new 14r2 apps is usually in the concept article. Please rate per app whether you want to install/use the new app and configure it manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference14r2:Concept_App_Remote_Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference14r2:Concept_App_Service_Translations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Removed ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following software is no longer included in 14r2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nothing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deprecated ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following software is based on legacy technology, with no further development and limited maintenance and support.&lt;br /&gt;
We strongly recommend migrating to our successor products that are fully compatible with 14r2 and myApps technology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* running an AP on the CF card of an IPxx10 gateway is no longer supported, use a gateway with an SSD or a Virtual Machine to run the AP instead. The Linux/AP functionality is not yet removed from the firmware, so when migrating to 14r2, existing installations will continue to work (even if unsupported).&lt;br /&gt;
* iQM (innovaphone Queue Monitor) is deprecated, and we recommend migrating to the [[Howto:Queueboard_-_MediaRunway_-_Partner_App|Queueboard App]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Previously deprecated and now no longer supported == &lt;br /&gt;
The following software is based on legacy technology, with no further development and no more maintenance and support.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See: [[Howto14r1:Firmware_Upgrade_V13r3_V14r1#Deprecated_in_14r1]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
We strongly recommend migrating to our successor products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Linux Application Platform (v10)&lt;br /&gt;
:Please migrate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;innovaphone App Platform&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
;innovaphone Faxserver (v10)&lt;br /&gt;
:Please migrate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Fax App&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
;innovaphone Reporting (v10)&lt;br /&gt;
:Please migrate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Reports App&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
;innovaphone Exchange (v10)&lt;br /&gt;
:Please migrate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Calendar App&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
;Operator (v9)&lt;br /&gt;
:Please migrate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Switchboard App&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
;innovaphone Voice Recording 2014&lt;br /&gt;
:Please migrate to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Recordings App&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
;PBX Object External UC&lt;br /&gt;
:Existing configurations still work. But new configurations can&#039;t be done using the advanced UI anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
:Please use the integrated &#039;&#039;&#039;UC&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;federation&#039;&#039;&#039; features of the &#039;&#039;&#039;innovaphone PBX&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
:For presence synchronization with other systems we recommend using&lt;br /&gt;
:* &#039;&#039;&#039;innovaphone myApps Connector for Microsoft 365&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:* &#039;&#039;&#039;Connector for kuando®&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:* &#039;&#039;&#039;Calendar App&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Problems==&lt;br /&gt;
===Long Update-duration===&lt;br /&gt;
When you update, it can be up to 10 minutes before you have access to your app platform again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Downgrade on IPVA with large configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
The number of 64kB memory segments that an IPVA uses internally to store &amp;quot;VARS&amp;quot; has been increased from 10 to 20. This is only an internal adjustment and does not require any adjustment to the virtual machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After an upgrade to v14r2 a downgrade is possible as long as the total space used by VARS is less than 540 kB, i.e. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;mod cmd FLASHMAN0 info&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; -&amp;gt; VARS - used=nk (n &amp;lt;= 540)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because VARS data may be scattered over all assigned segments, the downgrade procedure must be:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;config download&amp;quot; to gather the potentially scattered VARS&lt;br /&gt;
# downgrade&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;config upload&amp;quot; to restore the VARS as densely packed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Resources Considerations ==&lt;br /&gt;
New firmware always has more features which in turn requires more resources. Growing firmware will thus consume both more flash and RAM for sure. A given system configuration will run flawlessly after a firmware largely only if there is still enough memory left after boot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Standard configurations which are according the specs will run on all supported hardware. However, unusual configurations may not. It is a good idea to examine both flash and RAM memory left on high load situations in your existing configuration to see if there is enough resources left for an upgrade. Please find details in Reference:Device Health Check.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== RAM ===&lt;br /&gt;
As a rough rule of thumb, a 14r2 release will consume the same amount of RAM compared to a v14r1 firmware.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Memory  ===&lt;br /&gt;
As a rough rule of thumb, a v14r2 release will consume ~ 64KB more flash memory compared to a v14r1 firmware.&lt;br /&gt;
New firmware comes with new code for new features which consumes more flash memory for the firmware image. For this reason, devices may run out of flash memory during upgrade to v14r2.  Here is the recommended procedure for upgrade on such devices:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* save entire configuration&lt;br /&gt;
* reset to factory defaults&lt;br /&gt;
* load saved configuration (this will reorganize the flash memory usage)&lt;br /&gt;
* upgrade to new firmware&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When there is still not enough flash memory available to store the new firmware (Web GUI ends up in a &#039;&#039;Firmwareupdate failed:no space&#039;&#039; / Update client end in a &#039;&#039;Error 0x00130001 Major FLASHMAN0 no space&#039;&#039; event) please open a support case with your current configuration file.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Kwa</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>